Sema.h revision d395e34ae7aeeeaf9a37a12bc0f6de87158c95c3
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
11// builds ASTs.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
17
18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h"
24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h"
33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h"
46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h"
50#include <deque>
51#include <string>
52#include <vector>
53
54namespace llvm {
55  class APSInt;
56  template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
57  template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
58  class SmallBitVector;
59}
60
61namespace clang {
62  class ADLResult;
63  class ASTConsumer;
64  class ASTContext;
65  class ASTMutationListener;
66  class ASTReader;
67  class ASTWriter;
68  class ArrayType;
69  class AttributeList;
70  class BlockDecl;
71  class CapturedDecl;
72  class CXXBasePath;
73  class CXXBasePaths;
74  class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
75  typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
76  class CXXConstructorDecl;
77  class CXXConversionDecl;
78  class CXXDestructorDecl;
79  class CXXFieldCollector;
80  class CXXMemberCallExpr;
81  class CXXMethodDecl;
82  class CXXScopeSpec;
83  class CXXTemporary;
84  class CXXTryStmt;
85  class CallExpr;
86  class ClassTemplateDecl;
87  class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
88  class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
89  class CodeCompleteConsumer;
90  class CodeCompletionAllocator;
91  class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
92  class CodeCompletionResult;
93  class Decl;
94  class DeclAccessPair;
95  class DeclContext;
96  class DeclRefExpr;
97  class DeclaratorDecl;
98  class DeducedTemplateArgument;
99  class DependentDiagnostic;
100  class DesignatedInitExpr;
101  class Designation;
102  class EnumConstantDecl;
103  class Expr;
104  class ExtVectorType;
105  class ExternalSemaSource;
106  class FormatAttr;
107  class FriendDecl;
108  class FunctionDecl;
109  class FunctionProtoType;
110  class FunctionTemplateDecl;
111  class ImplicitConversionSequence;
112  class InitListExpr;
113  class InitializationKind;
114  class InitializationSequence;
115  class InitializedEntity;
116  class IntegerLiteral;
117  class LabelStmt;
118  class LambdaExpr;
119  class LangOptions;
120  class LocalInstantiationScope;
121  class LookupResult;
122  class MacroInfo;
123  class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
124  class NamedDecl;
125  class NonNullAttr;
126  class ObjCCategoryDecl;
127  class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
128  class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
129  class ObjCContainerDecl;
130  class ObjCImplDecl;
131  class ObjCImplementationDecl;
132  class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
133  class ObjCIvarDecl;
134  template <class T> class ObjCList;
135  class ObjCMessageExpr;
136  class ObjCMethodDecl;
137  class ObjCPropertyDecl;
138  class ObjCProtocolDecl;
139  class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
140  class OverloadCandidateSet;
141  class OverloadExpr;
142  class ParenListExpr;
143  class ParmVarDecl;
144  class Preprocessor;
145  class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
146  class PseudoObjectExpr;
147  class QualType;
148  class StandardConversionSequence;
149  class Stmt;
150  class StringLiteral;
151  class SwitchStmt;
152  class TargetAttributesSema;
153  class TemplateArgument;
154  class TemplateArgumentList;
155  class TemplateArgumentLoc;
156  class TemplateDecl;
157  class TemplateParameterList;
158  class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
159  class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
160  class Token;
161  class TypeAliasDecl;
162  class TypedefDecl;
163  class TypedefNameDecl;
164  class TypeLoc;
165  class UnqualifiedId;
166  class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
167  class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
168  class UnresolvedSetImpl;
169  class UnresolvedSetIterator;
170  class UsingDecl;
171  class UsingShadowDecl;
172  class ValueDecl;
173  class VarDecl;
174  class VisibilityAttr;
175  class VisibleDeclConsumer;
176  class IndirectFieldDecl;
177
178namespace sema {
179  class AccessedEntity;
180  class BlockScopeInfo;
181  class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
182  class CapturingScopeInfo;
183  class CompoundScopeInfo;
184  class DelayedDiagnostic;
185  class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
186  class FunctionScopeInfo;
187  class LambdaScopeInfo;
188  class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
189  class TemplateDeductionInfo;
190}
191
192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
195                  SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
196
197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
198class Sema {
199  Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
200  void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
201  mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema;
202
203  ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
204  ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
205
206  ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
207  bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
208
209  static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
210
211  static bool
212  shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) {
213    // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
214    // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
215    // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
216    // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
217    // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
218    // with internal linkage.
219    return !Old->isHidden() || New->isExternallyVisible();
220  }
221
222public:
223  typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
224  typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
225  typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
226
227  OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
228  FPOptions FPFeatures;
229
230  const LangOptions &LangOpts;
231  Preprocessor &PP;
232  ASTContext &Context;
233  ASTConsumer &Consumer;
234  DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
235  SourceManager &SourceMgr;
236
237  /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
238  bool CollectStats;
239
240  /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
241  CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
242
243  /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
244  DeclContext *CurContext;
245
246  /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
247  /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
248  DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
249
250  /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
251  /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
252  DeclarationName VAListTagName;
253
254  /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
255  /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
256  void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
257
258  bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
259
260  /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
261  void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
262
263  /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
264  ///
265  /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
266  /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
267  bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
268
269  /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
270  /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
271  bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
272
273  /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
274  /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression.  The
275  /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
276  SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
277
278  llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
279
280  /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
281  /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
282  ///
283  /// This array is never empty.  Clients should ignore the first
284  /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
285  /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
286  SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
287
288  typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
289                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
290    ExtVectorDeclsType;
291
292  /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
293  /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
294  /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
295  ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
296
297  /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
298  OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
299
300  typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
301
302  /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
303  NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
304
305  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
306
307  /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
308  /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
309  /// same list more than once.
310  OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
311
312  /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
313  /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
314  llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
315
316  /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent
317  /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name.
318  ///
319  /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local
320  /// scopes, e.g.,
321  ///
322  /// \code
323  /// extern "C" void f() {
324  ///   void foo(int, int);
325  /// }
326  /// \endcode
327  ///
328  /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of
329  /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of
330  /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases:
331  ///
332  ///   - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with
333  ///     the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration,
334  ///     so that the types of this external declaration can be checked
335  ///     for compatibility.
336  ///
337  ///   - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to
338  ///     "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then
339  ///     we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is
340  ///     not visible.
341  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls;
342
343  /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
344  llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
345  findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
346
347  typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
348                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
349    TentativeDefinitionsType;
350
351  /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
352  TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
353
354  typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
355                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
356    UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
357
358  /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
359  /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
360  UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
361
362  typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
363                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
364    DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
365
366  /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
367  /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
368  DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
369
370  /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their
371  /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed
372  /// exception spec.
373  SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs;
374
375  /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition
376  /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception
377  /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor.
378  SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*,
379                              const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2>
380      DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks;
381
382  /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
383  /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
384  /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
385  /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
386  /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
387  /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
388  /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
389  SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
390    DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
391
392  /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
393  typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD);
394  LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
395  void *OpaqueParser;
396
397  void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) {
398    LateTemplateParser = LTP;
399    OpaqueParser = P;
400  }
401
402  class DelayedDiagnostics;
403
404  class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
405    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
406    friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
407  };
408  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
409  typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
410
411  /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
412  /// during parsing and other processing.
413  class DelayedDiagnostics {
414    /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
415    /// diagnostics should go.
416    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
417
418  public:
419    DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {}
420
421    /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
422    void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
423
424    /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
425    bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; }
426
427    /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
428    sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
429      return CurPool;
430    }
431
432    /// Enter a new scope.  Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
433    /// collected in this pool.
434    DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
435      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
436      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
437      CurPool = &pool;
438      return state;
439    }
440
441    /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
442    /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics.  This is performed as part
443    /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
444    void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
445      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
446    }
447
448    /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
449    /// not delayed.
450    DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
451      DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
452      state.SavedPool = CurPool;
453      CurPool = 0;
454      return state;
455    }
456
457    /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
458    void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
459      assert(CurPool == NULL);
460      CurPool = state.SavedPool;
461    }
462  } DelayedDiagnostics;
463
464  /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
465  class ContextRAII {
466  private:
467    Sema &S;
468    DeclContext *SavedContext;
469    ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
470    QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
471
472  public:
473    ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush)
474      : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
475        SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
476        SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
477    {
478      assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
479      S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
480    }
481
482    void pop() {
483      if (!SavedContext) return;
484      S.CurContext = SavedContext;
485      S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
486      S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
487      SavedContext = 0;
488    }
489
490    ~ContextRAII() {
491      pop();
492    }
493  };
494
495  /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
496  /// a function body.
497  class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
498    Sema &S;
499    Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
500
501  public:
502    SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
503      : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
504    {
505      S.PushFunctionScope();
506      S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
507    }
508
509    ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
510      S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
511      S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
512    }
513  };
514
515  /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
516  /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
517  /// identifier, declared or undeclared
518  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
519
520  /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
521  /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared.  Used in Solaris system headers
522  /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
523  /// in the currently selected standard.
524  llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
525
526
527  /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
528  void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
529
530  /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
531  /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
532  /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
533  /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
534  /// It would be best to refactor this.
535  SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
536
537  IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
538
539  /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
540  /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
541  /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
542  Scope *TUScope;
543
544  /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
545  LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
546
547  /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
548  /// standard library.
549  LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
550
551  /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
552  /// \<initializer_list>.
553  ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
554
555  /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
556  RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
557
558  /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
559  RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
560
561  /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
562  OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
563
564  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
565  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
566
567  /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
568  QualType NSNumberPointer;
569
570  /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
571  ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
572
573  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
574  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
575
576  /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
577  QualType NSStringPointer;
578
579  /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
580  ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
581
582  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
583  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
584
585  /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
586  ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
587
588  /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
589  ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
590
591  /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
592  ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
593
594  /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
595  QualType QIDNSCopying;
596
597  /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
598  Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
599
600  /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
601  /// have been declared.
602  bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
603
604  /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
605  /// references to fields.  This is really a
606  bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
607
608  /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
609  /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
610  enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
611    /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
612    /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
613    /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
614    /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
615    /// run time.
616    Unevaluated,
617
618    /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
619    /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
620    /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
621    UnevaluatedAbstract,
622
623    /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
624    /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
625    /// cases in a switch statment).
626    ConstantEvaluated,
627
628    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
629    /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
630    /// expression at run time.
631    PotentiallyEvaluated,
632
633    /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
634    /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
635    /// in fact the current expression is used.
636    ///
637    /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
638    /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
639    /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
640    /// until the default argument is used.
641    PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
642  };
643
644  /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
645  /// expression evaluation contexts.
646  struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
647    /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
648    ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
649
650    /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
651    bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
652
653    /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
654    bool IsDecltype;
655
656    /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
657    /// this expression evaluation context.
658    unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
659
660    llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
661
662    /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
663    /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
664    SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
665
666    /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression
667    /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a
668    /// default function argument.
669    Decl *LambdaContextDecl;
670
671    /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
672    /// within this context.
673    ///
674    /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
675    /// do not have lambda expressions.
676    IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle;
677
678    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
679    /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
680    SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
681
682    /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
683    /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
684    SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
685
686    ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
687                                      unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
688                                      bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
689                                      Decl *LambdaContextDecl,
690                                      bool IsDecltype)
691      : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
692        IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
693        LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { }
694
695    /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas.
696    LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() {
697      assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration");
698      if (!LambdaMangle)
699        LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext;
700      return *LambdaMangle;
701    }
702
703    bool isUnevaluated() const {
704      return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
705    }
706  };
707
708  /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
709  SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
710
711  /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
712  /// function.
713  ///
714  /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
715  /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
716  class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
717  public:
718    enum Kind {
719      NoMemberOrDeleted,
720      Ambiguous,
721      Success
722    };
723
724  private:
725    llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
726
727  public:
728    SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
729      : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
730    {}
731
732    CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
733    void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
734
735    Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
736    void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
737  };
738
739  /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
740  /// for C++ records.
741  llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
742
743  /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
744  ///
745  /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
746  /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
747  /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
748  /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
749  /// checks.
750  TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
751
752  llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
753
754  /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
755  unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
756
757  typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> >
758    UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
759
760  /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
761  /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
762  ///
763  /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
764  /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
765  /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
766  /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
767  UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
768
769  // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
770  // argument locations.
771  llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
772
773  /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
774  /// definition in this translation unit.
775  llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
776
777  /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
778  void getUndefinedButUsed(
779    llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
780
781  typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
782  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
783
784  /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
785  /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
786  /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
787  /// of selectors are "overloaded").
788  /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
789  /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
790  GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
791
792  /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
793  /// of -Wselector.
794  llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
795
796  /// Kinds of C++ special members.
797  enum CXXSpecialMember {
798    CXXDefaultConstructor,
799    CXXCopyConstructor,
800    CXXMoveConstructor,
801    CXXCopyAssignment,
802    CXXMoveAssignment,
803    CXXDestructor,
804    CXXInvalid
805  };
806
807  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
808
809  /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
810  /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
811  /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
812  llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
813
814  void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
815
816  /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
817  bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
818
819  /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
820  /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
821  /// should not be used elsewhere.
822  void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
823
824  /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
825  /// statements.
826  class FPContractStateRAII {
827  public:
828    FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
829      : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
830    ~FPContractStateRAII() {
831      S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
832    }
833  private:
834    Sema& S;
835    bool OldFPContractState : 1;
836  };
837
838  typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo
839    InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
840
841public:
842  Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
843       TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
844       CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0);
845  ~Sema();
846
847  /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
848  /// initialized but before it parses anything.
849  void Initialize();
850
851  const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
852  OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
853  FPOptions     &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
854
855  DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
856  SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
857  const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const;
858  Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
859  ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
860  ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
861  ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
862  ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
863
864  ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
865  /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
866  ///
867  ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
868  ///
869  void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
870
871  void PrintStats() const;
872
873  /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
874  /// template instantiation stacks.
875  ///
876  /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
877  /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
878  /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
879  /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
880  /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
881  /// well.
882  class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
883    Sema &SemaRef;
884    unsigned DiagID;
885
886  public:
887    SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
888      : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
889
890    ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
891      // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
892      if (!isActive()) return;
893
894      // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
895      // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
896      // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
897      //
898      // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
899      // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
900      // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
901      // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
902      // eliminate that code.
903      FlushCounts();
904      Clear();
905
906      // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
907      SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
908    }
909
910    /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
911    template<typename T>
912    friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
913        const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
914      const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
915      BaseDiag << Value;
916      return Diag;
917    }
918  };
919
920  /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
921  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
922    DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
923    return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
924  }
925
926  /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
927  SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
928
929  /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
930  PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
931
932  bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
933
934  /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
935  std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const;
936  std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const;
937
938  ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; }
939  ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; }
940  StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; }
941
942  void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
943
944  void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
945
946  Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
947
948  void PushFunctionScope();
949  void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
950  void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator);
951  void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
952                               RecordDecl *RD,
953                               CapturedRegionKind K);
954  void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0,
955                            const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0);
956
957  sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
958    return FunctionScopes.back();
959  }
960
961  template <typename ExprT>
962  void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
963    if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
964      getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
965  }
966
967  void PushCompoundScope();
968  void PopCompoundScope();
969
970  sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
971
972  bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
973
974  /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
975  sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
976
977  /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any.
978  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
979
980  /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
981  sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
982
983  /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
984  SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
985
986  void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
987
988  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
989  // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
990  //
991
992  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
993                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
994  QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
995                              const DeclSpec *DS = 0);
996  QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
997                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
998  QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
999                              SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1000  QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1001                          Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1002                          SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1003  QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1004                              SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1005
1006  bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1007
1008  /// \brief Build a function type.
1009  ///
1010  /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1011  /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1012  /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1013  /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1014  /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1015  ///
1016  /// \param T The return type of the function.
1017  ///
1018  /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1019  /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1020  /// function parameters.
1021  ///
1022  /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1023  /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1024  /// type that will have function type.
1025  ///
1026  /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1027  /// type, if known.
1028  ///
1029  /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1030  /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1031  ///
1032  /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1033  /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1034  /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1035  QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1036                             llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1037                             SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1038                             const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1039
1040  QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1041                                  SourceLocation Loc,
1042                                  DeclarationName Entity);
1043  QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1044                                 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1045  QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1046  QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1047
1048  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1049  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1050  TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1051                                               TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1052
1053  /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1054  ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1055  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1056  DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1057  static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0);
1058  CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1059  const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1060                                                const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1061  bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range);
1062  bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1063  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1064  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1065      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1066      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1067  bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1068      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1069      const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1070      const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1071      bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0,
1072      bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0,
1073      bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1074      bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1075  bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1076      const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1077      const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1078      const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1079  bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1080      const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1081      const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1082
1083  TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1084
1085  /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1086  /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1087  ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1088
1089  /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1090  struct TypeDiagnoser {
1091    bool Suppressed;
1092
1093    TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { }
1094
1095    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1096    virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1097  };
1098
1099  static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1100  static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1101  static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1102  static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1103  static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1104  static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1105  static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1106    return II;
1107  }
1108  static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1109  static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1110  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1111  static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1112  static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1113  static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1114
1115  template<typename T1>
1116  class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1117    unsigned DiagID;
1118    const T1 &Arg1;
1119
1120  public:
1121    BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1)
1122      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { }
1123    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1124      if (Suppressed) return;
1125      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T;
1126    }
1127
1128    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { }
1129  };
1130
1131  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1132  class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1133    unsigned DiagID;
1134    const T1 &Arg1;
1135    const T2 &Arg2;
1136
1137  public:
1138    BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1139                                  const T2 &Arg2)
1140      : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1141        Arg2(Arg2) { }
1142
1143    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1144      if (Suppressed) return;
1145      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T;
1146    }
1147
1148    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { }
1149  };
1150
1151  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1152  class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser {
1153    unsigned DiagID;
1154    const T1 &Arg1;
1155    const T2 &Arg2;
1156    const T3 &Arg3;
1157
1158  public:
1159    BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1160                                  const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3)
1161    : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1),
1162      Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { }
1163
1164    virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1165      if (Suppressed) return;
1166      S.Diag(Loc, DiagID)
1167        << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T;
1168    }
1169
1170    virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { }
1171  };
1172
1173  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1174                           TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1175  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1176                           unsigned DiagID);
1177
1178  template<typename T1>
1179  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1180                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1181    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1182    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1183  }
1184
1185  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1186  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1187                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1188    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1189    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1190  }
1191
1192  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1193  bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1194                           unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1195                           const T3 &Arg3) {
1196    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1197                                                        Arg3);
1198    return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1199  }
1200
1201  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1202  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1203
1204  template<typename T1>
1205  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1206    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1207    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1208  }
1209
1210  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1211  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1212                               const T2 &Arg2) {
1213    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1214    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1215  }
1216
1217  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1218  bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1,
1219                               const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
1220    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1221                                                        Arg3);
1222    return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1223  }
1224
1225  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1226                          TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1227  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1228
1229  template<typename T1>
1230  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1231                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) {
1232    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
1233    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1234  }
1235
1236  template<typename T1, typename T2>
1237  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1238                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
1239    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
1240    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1241  }
1242
1243  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
1244  bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1245                          unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2,
1246                          const T3 &Arg3) {
1247    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2,
1248                                                        Arg3);
1249    return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1250  }
1251
1252  QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1253                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1254
1255  QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1256  QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1257  QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1258                                   UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1259                                   SourceLocation Loc);
1260
1261  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1262  // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1263  //
1264
1265  /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1266  /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1267  /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1268  /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1269  std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1270  /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter
1271  /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators
1272  /// such as:
1273  ///     void f(void (*g)(), ...)
1274  unsigned InFunctionDeclarator;
1275
1276  DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0);
1277
1278  void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1279
1280  bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1281
1282  ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1283                         Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
1284                         bool isClassName = false,
1285                         bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1286                         ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1287                         bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1288                         bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1289                         IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0);
1290  TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1291  bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1292  bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1293                               SourceLocation IILoc,
1294                               Scope *S,
1295                               CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1296                               ParsedType &SuggestedType);
1297
1298  /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1299  /// by \c ClassifyName().
1300  enum NameClassificationKind {
1301    NC_Unknown,
1302    NC_Error,
1303    NC_Keyword,
1304    NC_Type,
1305    NC_Expression,
1306    NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1307    NC_TypeTemplate,
1308    NC_FunctionTemplate
1309  };
1310
1311  class NameClassification {
1312    NameClassificationKind Kind;
1313    ExprResult Expr;
1314    TemplateName Template;
1315    ParsedType Type;
1316    const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1317
1318    explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1319
1320  public:
1321    NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1322
1323    NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1324
1325    NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1326      : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1327
1328    static NameClassification Error() {
1329      return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1330    }
1331
1332    static NameClassification Unknown() {
1333      return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1334    }
1335
1336    static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1337      return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1338    }
1339
1340    static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1341      NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1342      Result.Template = Name;
1343      return Result;
1344    }
1345
1346    static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1347      NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1348      Result.Template = Name;
1349      return Result;
1350    }
1351
1352    NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1353
1354    ParsedType getType() const {
1355      assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1356      return Type;
1357    }
1358
1359    ExprResult getExpression() const {
1360      assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1361      return Expr;
1362    }
1363
1364    TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1365      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1366      return Template;
1367    }
1368
1369    TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1370      assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate);
1371      return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template;
1372    }
1373  };
1374
1375  /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1376  /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1377  ///
1378  /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1379  /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1380  /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1381  ///
1382  /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1383  ///
1384  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1385  ///
1386  /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1387  /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1388  ///
1389  /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1390  ///
1391  /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1392  /// disambiguate the name.
1393  ///
1394  /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1395  ///        address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1396  ///        expression.
1397  ///
1398  /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1399  NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S,
1400                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1401                                  IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1402                                  SourceLocation NameLoc,
1403                                  const Token &NextToken,
1404                                  bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1405                                  CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0);
1406
1407  Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1408
1409  NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1410                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1411  void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
1412                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
1413                                        Scope *S);
1414  bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1415  bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1416                                    DeclarationName Name,
1417                                    SourceLocation Loc);
1418  void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1419  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1420  void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1421  void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1422  void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1423  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1424                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1425                                    LookupResult &Previous);
1426  NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1427                                  LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1428  NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1429                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1430                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1431                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists);
1432  // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1433  bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1434  void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1435  void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1436  void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1437  void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator();
1438  void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator();
1439  NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1440                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1441                                     LookupResult &Previous,
1442                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1443                                     bool &AddToScope);
1444  bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1445  void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param);
1446
1447  bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1448  bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1449
1450  void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1451  // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1452  bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1453                                FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1454                                bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1455  void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1456  Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1457  ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1458                                          SourceLocation Loc,
1459                                          QualType T);
1460  ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1461                              SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1462                              QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1463                              StorageClass SC);
1464  void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1465                                 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1466                                 Expr *defarg);
1467  void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1468                                         SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1469                                         SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1470  void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param);
1471  bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1472                               SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1473
1474  void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1475                            bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1476  void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1477  void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1478  void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1479  void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1480  void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1481  void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1482  DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1483                                         Decl **Group,
1484                                         unsigned NumDecls);
1485  DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
1486                                      bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1487
1488  /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1489  /// documentation comments.
1490  void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1491  void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls);
1492
1493  void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1494                                       SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1495  void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD);
1496  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1497  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1498  void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1499  bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1500    return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1501  }
1502
1503  /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1504  /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1505  /// code for that function.
1506  ///
1507  /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1508  /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1509  /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1510  bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1511
1512  void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1513  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1514  Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1515  Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1516
1517  /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1518  /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1519  void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1520
1521  /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1522  /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1523  void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1524                                ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1525
1526  /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1527  /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1528  /// specified threshold.
1529  void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1530                                              ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1531                                              QualType ReturnTy,
1532                                              NamedDecl *D);
1533
1534  void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1535  Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1536                              SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1537                              SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1538
1539  /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1540  Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1541                              AttributeList *AttrList,
1542                              SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1543
1544  /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1545  ///
1546  /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1547  ///
1548  /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1549  ///
1550  /// \param Path The module access path.
1551  DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1552                               ModuleIdPath Path);
1553
1554  /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1555  /// source location.
1556  ///
1557  /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found
1558  /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but
1559  /// the user has forgotten to import.
1560  void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod);
1561
1562  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1563  PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1564    return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1565  }
1566
1567  /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1568  static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1569                                          const Preprocessor &PP);
1570
1571  /// Scope actions.
1572  void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1573  void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1574
1575  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1576                                   DeclSpec &DS);
1577  Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1578                                   DeclSpec &DS,
1579                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1580                                   bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1581
1582  Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1583                                    AccessSpecifier AS,
1584                                    RecordDecl *Record);
1585
1586  Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1587                                       RecordDecl *Record);
1588
1589  bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1590                                    TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1591                                    SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1592                                    const IdentifierInfo &Name);
1593
1594  enum TagUseKind {
1595    TUK_Reference,   // Reference to a tag:  'struct foo *X;'
1596    TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag:   'struct foo;'
1597    TUK_Definition,  // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1598    TUK_Friend       // Friend declaration:  'friend struct foo;'
1599  };
1600
1601  Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1602                 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1603                 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1604                 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1605                 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1606                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1607                 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1608                 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1609                 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType);
1610
1611  Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1612                                unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1613                                CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1614                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1615                                AttributeList *Attr,
1616                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1617
1618  TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1619                               unsigned TagSpec,
1620                               TagUseKind TUK,
1621                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1622                               IdentifierInfo *Name,
1623                               SourceLocation TagLoc,
1624                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
1625
1626  void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1627                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1628                 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1629  Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1630                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1631
1632  FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1633                         Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1634                         InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1635                         AccessSpecifier AS);
1636  MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1637                                   SourceLocation DeclStart,
1638                                   Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1639                                   InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1640                                   AccessSpecifier AS,
1641                                   AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1642
1643  FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1644                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1645                            RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1646                            bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1647                            InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1648                            SourceLocation TSSL,
1649                            AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1650                            Declarator *D = 0);
1651
1652  bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1653  void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1654  bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1655                              bool Diagnose = false);
1656  CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1657  void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1658                         SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1659  Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1660                  Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1661                  tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1662
1663  // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1664  void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1665                   ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1666                   SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1667                   AttributeList *AttrList);
1668
1669  /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1670  /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1671  /// struct, or union).
1672  void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1673
1674  Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1675
1676  /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1677  /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1678  /// member declarations.
1679  void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1680                                       SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1681                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1682
1683  /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1684  /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1685  void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1686                                SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1687
1688  void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1689
1690  /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1691  /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1692  ///
1693  /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1694  void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1695  void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1696
1697  /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1698  /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1699  void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1700
1701  EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
1702                                      EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
1703                                      SourceLocation IdLoc,
1704                                      IdentifierInfo *Id,
1705                                      Expr *val);
1706  bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
1707  bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
1708                              QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev);
1709
1710  Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
1711                          SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
1712                          AttributeList *Attrs,
1713                          SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
1714  void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
1715                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
1716                     ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
1717                     Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
1718
1719  DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
1720
1721  /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
1722  void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1723  void PopDeclContext();
1724
1725  /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1726  /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1727  void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1728  void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
1729
1730  /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
1731  void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
1732  void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
1733
1734  DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
1735
1736  /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
1737  /// to the function decl for the function being parsed.  If we're currently
1738  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1739  FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
1740
1741  /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
1742  /// the method decl for the method being parsed.  If we're currently
1743  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1744  ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
1745
1746  /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
1747  /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null.  If we're currently
1748  /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
1749  NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
1750
1751  /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1752  void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
1753
1754  /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
1755  /// top level scope.
1756  ///
1757  /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
1758  ///
1759  /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
1760  void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
1761
1762  /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
1763  /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
1764  /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
1765  ///
1766  /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking
1767  /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template
1768  /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false.
1769  bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0,
1770                     bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false);
1771
1772  /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
1773  /// happens to be an enclosing scope.  Otherwise return NULL.
1774  static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
1775
1776  /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
1777  TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
1778                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1779  bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
1780
1781  /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
1782  AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
1783                                          IdentifierInfo *Platform,
1784                                          VersionTuple Introduced,
1785                                          VersionTuple Deprecated,
1786                                          VersionTuple Obsoleted,
1787                                          bool IsUnavailable,
1788                                          StringRef Message,
1789                                          bool Override,
1790                                          unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1791  TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1792                                       TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1793                                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1794  VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1795                                      VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
1796                                      unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1797  DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1798                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1799  DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
1800                                    unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1801  FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format,
1802                              int FormatIdx, int FirstArg,
1803                              unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1804  SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
1805                                unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
1806
1807  /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
1808  /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
1809  enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
1810    /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
1811    AMK_None,
1812    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
1813    /// an exact match.
1814    AMK_Redeclaration,
1815    /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
1816    /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
1817    AMK_Override
1818  };
1819
1820  void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
1821                           AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
1822  void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls);
1823  bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S);
1824  bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
1825                                    Scope *S);
1826  void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
1827  void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls,
1828                    bool OldDeclsWereHidden);
1829  void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden);
1830  void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
1831  bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
1832
1833  // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
1834  // to represent what is actually causing the operation
1835  enum AssignmentAction {
1836    AA_Assigning,
1837    AA_Passing,
1838    AA_Returning,
1839    AA_Converting,
1840    AA_Initializing,
1841    AA_Sending,
1842    AA_Casting
1843  };
1844
1845  /// C++ Overloading.
1846  enum OverloadKind {
1847    /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
1848    /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
1849    Ovl_Overload,
1850
1851    /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
1852    /// an existing declaration.
1853    Ovl_Match,
1854
1855    /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
1856    /// non-function.
1857    Ovl_NonFunction
1858  };
1859  OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
1860                             FunctionDecl *New,
1861                             const LookupResult &OldDecls,
1862                             NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
1863                             bool IsForUsingDecl);
1864  bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
1865
1866  /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
1867  /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
1868  ///
1869  /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
1870  /// an available function, false otherwise.
1871  bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
1872
1873  ImplicitConversionSequence
1874  TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1875                        bool SuppressUserConversions,
1876                        bool AllowExplicit,
1877                        bool InOverloadResolution,
1878                        bool CStyle,
1879                        bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
1880
1881  bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1882  bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1883  bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1884  bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1885                           bool InOverloadResolution,
1886                           QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1887  bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1888                               QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
1889  bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1890                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1891  bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1892                                QualType& ConvertedType);
1893  bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
1894                                const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
1895                                unsigned *ArgPos = 0);
1896  void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
1897                                  QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
1898
1899  CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
1900  bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1901                              CastKind &Kind,
1902                              CXXCastPath& BasePath,
1903                              bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1904  bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1905                                 bool InOverloadResolution,
1906                                 QualType &ConvertedType);
1907  bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1908                                    CastKind &Kind,
1909                                    CXXCastPath &BasePath,
1910                                    bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
1911  bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1912                                 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
1913  bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
1914                            QualType &ResultTy);
1915  bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
1916  bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
1917
1918  ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1919                                             const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
1920                                             QualType ResultType,
1921                                             Expr *Value,
1922                                             bool AllowNRVO = true);
1923
1924  bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1925                                    ExprResult Init);
1926  ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
1927                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1928                                       ExprResult Init,
1929                                       bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
1930                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
1931  ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
1932                                                 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
1933                                                 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
1934                                                 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
1935
1936  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
1937  ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
1938
1939  /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
1940  enum CCEKind {
1941    CCEK_CaseValue,   ///< Expression in a case label.
1942    CCEK_Enumerator,  ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
1943    CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
1944    CCEK_NewExpr      ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
1945  };
1946  ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
1947                                              llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
1948
1949  /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
1950  /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
1951  class ContextualImplicitConverter {
1952  public:
1953    bool Suppress;
1954    bool SuppressConversion;
1955
1956    ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
1957                                bool SuppressConversion = false)
1958        : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
1959
1960    /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
1961    /// for this conversion.
1962    virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
1963
1964    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
1965    /// integral or enumeration type.
1966    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1967    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1968
1969    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
1970    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1971    diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1972
1973    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
1974    /// is explicit.
1975    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1976        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1977
1978    /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
1979    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1980    noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1981
1982    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
1983    /// functions.
1984    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1985    diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1986
1987    /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
1988    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
1989    noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1990
1991    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
1992    /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
1993    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
1994        Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
1995
1996    virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
1997  };
1998
1999  class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2000    bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2001
2002  public:
2003    ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2004                        bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2005        : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2006          AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2007
2008    /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2009    bool match(QualType T);
2010
2011    SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2012    diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
2013      return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2014    }
2015
2016    /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2017    /// integral or enumeration type.
2018    virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2019    diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2020  };
2021
2022  /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2023  ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2024      SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2025
2026
2027  enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2028    OS_Array,
2029    OS_Dictionary,
2030    OS_Error
2031  };
2032  ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2033
2034  // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2035  // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2036  enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2037    LK_Array,
2038    LK_Dictionary,
2039    LK_Numeric,
2040    LK_Boxed,
2041    LK_String,
2042    LK_Block,
2043    LK_None
2044  };
2045  ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2046
2047  ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2048                                           NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2049                                           NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2050                                           NamedDecl *Member);
2051
2052  // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2053  // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2054  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext   *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2055  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2056
2057  void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2058                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2059                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2060                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2061                            bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2062                            bool PartialOverloading = false,
2063                            bool AllowExplicit = false);
2064  void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2065                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2066                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2067                             bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2068                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
2069  void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2070                          QualType ObjectType,
2071                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2072                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2073                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2074                          bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2075  void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2076                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2077                          CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2078                          Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2079                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2080                          OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2081                          bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2082  void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2083                                  DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2084                                  CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2085                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2086                                  QualType ObjectType,
2087                                  Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2088                                  ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2089                                  OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2090                                  bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2091  void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2092                                    DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2093                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2094                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2095                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2096                                    bool SuppressUserConversions = false);
2097  void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2098                              DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2099                              CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2100                              Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2101                              OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2102  void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2103                                      DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2104                                      CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2105                                      Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2106                                      OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet);
2107  void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2108                             DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2109                             CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2110                             const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2111                             Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2112                             OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2113  void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2114                                   SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2115                                   OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2116                                   SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2117  void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2118                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2119                           OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2120                           bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2121                           unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2122  void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2123                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2124                                    OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2125  void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2126                                            bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc,
2127                                            ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2128                                TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2129                                            OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2130                                            bool PartialOverloading = false);
2131
2132  // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2133  void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType());
2134
2135  // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates
2136  // identified by the expression Expr
2137  void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType());
2138
2139  // [PossiblyAFunctionType]  -->   [Return]
2140  // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2141  // R (A) --> R(A)
2142  // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2143  // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2144  // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2145  QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2146
2147  FunctionDecl *
2148  ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2149                                     QualType TargetType,
2150                                     bool Complain,
2151                                     DeclAccessPair &Found,
2152                                     bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0);
2153
2154  FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2155                                                   bool Complain = false,
2156                                                   DeclAccessPair* Found = 0);
2157
2158  bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2159                      ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2160                      bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2161                      bool Complain = false,
2162                      const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2163                      QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2164                      unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2165
2166
2167  Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2168                                       DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2169                                       FunctionDecl *Fn);
2170  ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2171                                            DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2172                                            FunctionDecl *Fn);
2173
2174  void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2175                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2176                                   OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2177                                   bool PartialOverloading = false);
2178
2179  // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2180  // range-based for loop.
2181  enum ForRangeStatus {
2182    FRS_Success,
2183    FRS_NoViableFunction,
2184    FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2185  };
2186
2187  // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin()
2188  // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop.
2189  enum BeginEndFunction {
2190    BEF_begin,
2191    BEF_end
2192  };
2193
2194  ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
2195                                           SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2196                                           VarDecl *Decl,
2197                                           BeginEndFunction BEF,
2198                                           const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2199                                           LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2200                                           OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2201                                           Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2202
2203  ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2204                                     UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2205                                     SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2206                                     MultiExprArg Args,
2207                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2208                                     Expr *ExecConfig,
2209                                     bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2210
2211  bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2212                              MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2213                              OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2214                              ExprResult *Result);
2215
2216  ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2217                                     unsigned Opc,
2218                                     const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2219                                     Expr *input);
2220
2221  ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2222                                   unsigned Opc,
2223                                   const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2224                                   Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2225
2226  ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2227                                                SourceLocation RLoc,
2228                                                Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2229
2230  ExprResult
2231  BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2232                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2233                            MultiExprArg Args,
2234                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2235  ExprResult
2236  BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2237                               MultiExprArg Args,
2238                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2239
2240  ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2241                                      SourceLocation OpLoc);
2242
2243  /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2244  /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2245  /// that best represents the call.
2246  bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2247                           CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2248
2249  /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2250  bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd,
2251                                bool CheckParameterNames);
2252  void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2253  void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2254  Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2255
2256  /// \name Name lookup
2257  ///
2258  /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2259  /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2260  /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2261  /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2262  /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2263  /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2264  ///
2265  /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2266  /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2267  /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2268  /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2269  /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2270  /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2271  /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2272  ///
2273  /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2274  /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2275  /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2276  /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2277  /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2278  /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2279  /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2280  /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2281  //@{
2282
2283  /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2284  enum LookupNameKind {
2285    /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2286    /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2287    /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2288    LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2289    /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2290    /// structs, and unions.
2291    LookupTagName,
2292    /// Label name lookup.
2293    LookupLabel,
2294    /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2295    /// class/struct/union members.
2296    LookupMemberName,
2297    /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2298    /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2299    /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2300    LookupOperatorName,
2301    /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2302    /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2303    /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2304    LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2305    /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2306    /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2307    /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2308    LookupNamespaceName,
2309    /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2310    /// including resolved using declarations.  This is appropriate
2311    /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2312    LookupUsingDeclName,
2313    /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2314    /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2315    /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2316    /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2317    LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2318    /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2319    LookupObjCProtocolName,
2320    /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2321    LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2322    /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2323    LookupAnyName
2324  };
2325
2326  /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2327  /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2328  enum RedeclarationKind {
2329    /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2330    /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2331    NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2332    /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2333    /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2334    ForRedeclaration
2335  };
2336
2337  /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2338  enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2339    /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2340    LOLR_Error,
2341    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2342    /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2343    LOLR_Cooked,
2344    /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2345    /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2346    LOLR_Raw,
2347    /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2348    /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2349    /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2350    LOLR_Template
2351  };
2352
2353  SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2354                                                   CXXSpecialMember SM,
2355                                                   bool ConstArg,
2356                                                   bool VolatileArg,
2357                                                   bool RValueThis,
2358                                                   bool ConstThis,
2359                                                   bool VolatileThis);
2360
2361private:
2362  bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2363
2364  // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2365  //
2366  // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2367  // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2368  llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2369
2370  /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2371  /// source.
2372  bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2373
2374public:
2375  /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration.  Return
2376  /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2377  ///
2378  /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2379  /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2380  NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2381                              SourceLocation Loc,
2382                              LookupNameKind NameKind,
2383                              RedeclarationKind Redecl
2384                                = NotForRedeclaration);
2385  bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2386                  bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2387  bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2388                           bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2389  bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2390                        bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2391                        bool EnteringContext = false);
2392  ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2393                                   RedeclarationKind Redecl
2394                                     = NotForRedeclaration);
2395
2396  void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2397                                    QualType T1, QualType T2,
2398                                    UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2399
2400  LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2401                                 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2402
2403  DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2404  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2405  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2406                                               unsigned Quals);
2407  CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2408                                         bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2409  CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2410                                              unsigned Quals);
2411  CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2412                                        bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2413  CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2414
2415  LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2416                                                    ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2417                                                    bool AllowRawAndTemplate);
2418  bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2419
2420  void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator,
2421                               SourceLocation Loc,
2422                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2423                               ADLResult &Functions);
2424
2425  void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2426                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2427                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2428  void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2429                          VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2430                          bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2431
2432  TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2433                             Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2434                             Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2435                             CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
2436                             DeclContext *MemberContext = 0,
2437                             bool EnteringContext = false,
2438                             const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0);
2439
2440  void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2441                                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2442                                   AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2443                                   AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2444
2445  void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2446                            bool ConsiderLinkage,
2447                            bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
2448
2449  bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2450  //@}
2451
2452  ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2453                                          SourceLocation IdLoc,
2454                                          bool TypoCorrection = false);
2455  NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2456                                 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2457                                 SourceLocation Loc);
2458  NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2459                                      Scope *S);
2460  void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2461
2462  // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2463
2464  void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2465  // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2466  void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD,
2467                             bool NonInheritable = true,
2468                             bool Inheritable = true);
2469  void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2470                                bool NonInheritable = true,
2471                                bool Inheritable = true,
2472                                bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2473  bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2474                                      const AttributeList *AttrList);
2475
2476  void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2477
2478  bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2479  bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2480                            const FunctionDecl *FD = 0);
2481  bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2482  void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2483
2484  /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2485  StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2486                                   SourceRange Range);
2487
2488  void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method,
2489                           bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID);
2490  void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2491                                   ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2492                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2493
2494  void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2495                                   ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2496                                   bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2497
2498  /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
2499  /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
2500  void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2501                             ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2502                             bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2503
2504  bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl,
2505                          ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2506
2507  typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
2508  typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
2509
2510  /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented
2511  /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it.
2512  void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc,
2513                               ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl,
2514                               bool& IncompleteImpl,
2515                               const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2516                               const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2517                               ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2518
2519  /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
2520  /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
2521  void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
2522                                ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
2523                                SourceLocation Loc);
2524
2525  /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
2526  /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
2527  void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2528                                 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2529                                 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
2530
2531  /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
2532  /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
2533  void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2534                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl);
2535
2536  /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
2537  /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
2538  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2539                                    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
2540  void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2541
2542  /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in
2543  /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class.
2544  void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2545            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap,
2546            llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap);
2547
2548  /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
2549  /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
2550  /// declared in class 'IFace'.
2551  bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2552                                      ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
2553
2554  /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
2555  /// class extensions.
2556  ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
2557                      SourceLocation AtLoc,
2558                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2559                      FieldDeclarator &FD,
2560                      Selector GetterSel,
2561                      Selector SetterSel,
2562                      const bool isAssign,
2563                      const bool isReadWrite,
2564                      const unsigned Attributes,
2565                      const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2566                      bool *isOverridingProperty,
2567                      TypeSourceInfo *T,
2568                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
2569
2570  /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
2571  /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
2572  ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
2573                                       ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
2574                                       SourceLocation AtLoc,
2575                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2576                                       FieldDeclarator &FD,
2577                                       Selector GetterSel,
2578                                       Selector SetterSel,
2579                                       const bool isAssign,
2580                                       const bool isReadWrite,
2581                                       const unsigned Attributes,
2582                                       const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
2583                                       TypeSourceInfo *T,
2584                                       tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
2585                                       DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
2586
2587  /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
2588  /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
2589  /// setter or getter.
2590  void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2591                                       ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl);
2592
2593  void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
2594
2595  void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
2596
2597  enum MethodMatchStrategy {
2598    MMS_loose,
2599    MMS_strict
2600  };
2601
2602  /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
2603  /// true, or false, accordingly.
2604  bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2605                                  const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
2606                                  MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
2607
2608  /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
2609  /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
2610  void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
2611                                  const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
2612                                  SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
2613                                  SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
2614                                  ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
2615                                  ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
2616                                  bool &IncompleteImpl,
2617                                  bool ImmediateClass,
2618                                  bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
2619
2620  /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
2621  /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
2622  /// warns each time an exact match is found.
2623  void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
2624
2625  /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
2626  void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
2627
2628private:
2629  /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
2630  /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
2631  void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
2632
2633  /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
2634  /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
2635  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2636                                           bool receiverIdOrClass,
2637                                           bool warn, bool instance);
2638
2639public:
2640  /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
2641  /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
2642  /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
2643  /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
2644  void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2645    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
2646  }
2647
2648  /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
2649  void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
2650    AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
2651  }
2652
2653  /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
2654  /// pool.
2655  void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
2656
2657  /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2658  /// there are multiple signatures.
2659  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2660                                                   bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2661                                                   bool warn=true) {
2662    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2663                                    warn, /*instance*/true);
2664  }
2665
2666  /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
2667  /// there are multiple signatures.
2668  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
2669                                                  bool receiverIdOrClass=false,
2670                                                  bool warn=true) {
2671    return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
2672                                    warn, /*instance*/false);
2673  }
2674
2675  const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
2676                              QualType ObjectType=QualType());
2677
2678  /// DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool - This routine goes through list of
2679  /// methods in global pool and issues diagnostic on identical selectors which
2680  /// have mismathched types.
2681  void DiagnoseMismatchedMethodsInGlobalPool();
2682
2683  /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
2684  /// implementation.
2685  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
2686
2687  /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
2688  /// initialization.
2689  void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
2690                                  SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
2691
2692  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2693  // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
2694public:
2695  class FullExprArg {
2696  public:
2697    FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { }
2698
2699    // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this
2700    // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics
2701    // emulation code from Ownership.h).
2702    FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {}
2703
2704    ExprResult release() {
2705      return E;
2706    }
2707
2708    Expr *get() const { return E; }
2709
2710    Expr *operator->() {
2711      return E;
2712    }
2713
2714  private:
2715    // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
2716    // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
2717    friend class Sema;
2718
2719    explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
2720
2721    Expr *E;
2722  };
2723
2724  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2725    return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
2726  }
2727  FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
2728    return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release());
2729  }
2730  FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
2731    ExprResult FE =
2732      ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
2733                          /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
2734    return FullExprArg(FE.release());
2735  }
2736
2737  StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
2738  StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
2739
2740  StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
2741                           bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
2742
2743  void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2744  void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2745  StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
2746                                       MultiStmtArg Elts,
2747                                       bool isStmtExpr);
2748
2749  /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
2750  class CompoundScopeRAII {
2751  public:
2752    CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
2753      S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
2754    }
2755
2756    ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
2757      S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
2758    }
2759
2760  private:
2761    Sema &S;
2762  };
2763
2764  StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
2765                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
2766                                   SourceLocation EndLoc);
2767  void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
2768  StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
2769  StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
2770                                   SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
2771                                   SourceLocation ColonLoc);
2772  void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
2773
2774  StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
2775                                      SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2776                                      Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
2777  StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
2778                            SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
2779
2780  StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
2781                                 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
2782                                 Stmt *SubStmt);
2783
2784  StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
2785                         FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
2786                         Stmt *ThenVal,
2787                         SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
2788  StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2789                                            Expr *Cond,
2790                                            Decl *CondVar);
2791  StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
2792                                           Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
2793  StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2794                            FullExprArg Cond,
2795                            Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
2796  StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
2797                                 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
2798                                 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
2799                                 SourceLocation CondRParen);
2800
2801  StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2802                          SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2803                          Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
2804                          Decl *SecondVar,
2805                          FullExprArg Third,
2806                          SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2807                          Stmt *Body);
2808  ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
2809                                           Expr *collection);
2810  StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
2811                                        Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
2812                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2813  StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
2814
2815  enum BuildForRangeKind {
2816    /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
2817    BFRK_Build,
2818    /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
2819    /// attempt any typo-correction.
2820    BFRK_Rebuild,
2821    /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
2822    /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
2823    BFRK_Check
2824  };
2825
2826  StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar,
2827                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
2828                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2829                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2830  StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
2831                                  SourceLocation ColonLoc,
2832                                  Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
2833                                  Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
2834                                  Stmt *LoopVarDecl,
2835                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2836                                  BuildForRangeKind Kind);
2837  StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
2838
2839  StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2840                           SourceLocation LabelLoc,
2841                           LabelDecl *TheDecl);
2842  StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
2843                                   SourceLocation StarLoc,
2844                                   Expr *DestExp);
2845  StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2846  StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
2847
2848  void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
2849                                CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
2850  StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
2851  void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
2852  RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
2853                                           SourceLocation Loc,
2854                                           unsigned NumParams);
2855  const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
2856                                         bool AllowFunctionParameters);
2857
2858  StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2859  StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
2860
2861  StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
2862                             bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
2863                             unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
2864                             MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
2865                             Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
2866                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2867
2868  ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
2869                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
2870                                       UnqualifiedId &Id,
2871                                       InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
2872                                       bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
2873  bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
2874                            unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
2875  StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2876                            ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
2877                            StringRef AsmString,
2878                            unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
2879                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
2880                            ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
2881                            ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
2882                            SourceLocation EndLoc);
2883
2884  VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
2885                                  SourceLocation StartLoc,
2886                                  SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2887                                  bool Invalid = false);
2888
2889  Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2890
2891  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
2892                                  Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
2893
2894  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2895
2896  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
2897                                MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
2898
2899  StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
2900  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
2901                                  Scope *CurScope);
2902  ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
2903                                            Expr *operand);
2904  StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
2905                                         Expr *SynchExpr,
2906                                         Stmt *SynchBody);
2907
2908  StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
2909
2910  VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
2911                                     SourceLocation StartLoc,
2912                                     SourceLocation IdLoc,
2913                                     IdentifierInfo *Id);
2914
2915  Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
2916
2917  StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
2918                                Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
2919  StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
2920                              MultiStmtArg Handlers);
2921
2922  StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
2923                              SourceLocation TryLoc,
2924                              Stmt *TryBlock,
2925                              Stmt *Handler);
2926
2927  StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2928                                 Expr *FilterExpr,
2929                                 Stmt *Block);
2930
2931  StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
2932                                  Stmt *Block);
2933
2934  void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
2935
2936  bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
2937
2938  /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
2939  /// of it.
2940  void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
2941
2942  /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
2943  /// whose result is unused, warn.
2944  void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
2945  void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
2946
2947  /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
2948  /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
2949  ///
2950  /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
2951  ///     if (condition);
2952  ///       do_stuff();
2953  void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2954                             const Stmt *Body,
2955                             unsigned DiagID);
2956
2957  /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
2958  /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
2959  void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
2960                             const Stmt *PossibleBody);
2961
2962  ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
2963    return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
2964  }
2965  void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
2966
2967  typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
2968  ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
2969    return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
2970  }
2971  void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
2972    DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
2973  }
2974
2975  void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
2976
2977  void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
2978                              SourceLocation Loc,
2979                              const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
2980                              const ObjCPropertyDecl  *ObjCProperty);
2981
2982  void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
2983
2984  bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
2985                                     StringRef message);
2986
2987  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2988  // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
2989
2990  bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
2991  bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2992                         const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0);
2993  void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
2994  std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
2995  bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
2996                                        ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
2997                                        SourceLocation Loc);
2998  void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
2999                             ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3000
3001  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3002                                       Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
3003                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3004  enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3005  void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3006                                       ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3007                                       bool IsDecltype = false);
3008  void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3009
3010  void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3011
3012  ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3013  ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3014
3015  ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3016
3017  // Functions for marking a declaration referenced.  These functions also
3018  // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3019  // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense).  There are separate variants
3020  // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3021  // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3022  // named expressions.
3023  void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3024  void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func);
3025  void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3026  void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3027  void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3028
3029  void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3030  void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3031
3032  enum TryCaptureKind {
3033    TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3034  };
3035
3036  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3037  ///
3038  /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3039  ///
3040  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3041  ///
3042  /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3043  /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3044  ///
3045  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3046  /// an explicit lambda capture.
3047  ///
3048  /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3049  /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3050  /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3051  /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3052  ///
3053  /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3054  /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3055  /// variable can be captured.
3056  ///
3057  /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3058  /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3059  /// captured.
3060  ///
3061  /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3062  /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3063  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3064                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3065                          QualType &CaptureType,
3066                          QualType &DeclRefType);
3067
3068  /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3069  bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3070                          TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3071                          SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3072
3073  /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3074  /// variable will have in the given scope.
3075  QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3076
3077  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3078  void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3079                                        bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3080
3081  /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3082  /// call.  Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3083  /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3084  bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3085                            bool ForceComplain = false,
3086                            bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0);
3087
3088  /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3089  bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3090                      UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3091
3092  /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3093  /// evaluation context.
3094  ///
3095  /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3096  /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3097  /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3098  /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3099  bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3100                           const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3101
3102  // Primary Expressions.
3103  SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3104
3105  ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3106                               SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3107                               UnqualifiedId &Id,
3108                               bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3109                               CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0,
3110                               bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false);
3111
3112  void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3113                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3114                              DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3115                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3116
3117  bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3118                           CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC,
3119                           TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0,
3120                           ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None);
3121
3122  ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3123                                IdentifierInfo *II,
3124                                bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3125
3126  ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3127                                        SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3128                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3129                                        bool isAddressOfOperand,
3130                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3131
3132  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3133                              ExprValueKind VK,
3134                              SourceLocation Loc,
3135                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
3136  ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3137                              ExprValueKind VK,
3138                              const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3139                              const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0,
3140                              NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3141  ExprResult
3142  BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3143                                           SourceLocation nameLoc,
3144                                           IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3145                                           Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0,
3146                                      SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3147  ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3148                                             SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3149                                             LookupResult &R,
3150                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3151  ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3152                                     SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3153                                     LookupResult &R,
3154                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3155                                     bool IsDefiniteInstance);
3156  bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3157                                  const LookupResult &R,
3158                                  bool HasTrailingLParen);
3159
3160  ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3161                                         const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3162                                               bool IsAddressOfOperand);
3163  ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3164                                       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3165                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3166                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3167
3168  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3169                                      LookupResult &R,
3170                                      bool NeedsADL);
3171  ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3172                                      const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3173                                      NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0);
3174
3175  ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3176                                      DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3177                                      ArrayRef<Expr*> Args,
3178                                      SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3179                            TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0);
3180
3181  ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3182  ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3183  ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3184  ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3185  ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3186  ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3187                                SourceLocation R,
3188                                MultiExprArg Val);
3189
3190  /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3191  /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3192  ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks,
3193                                Scope *UDLScope = 0);
3194
3195  ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3196                                       SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3197                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3198                                       Expr *ControllingExpr,
3199                                       ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3200                                       ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3201  ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3202                                        SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3203                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3204                                        Expr *ControllingExpr,
3205                                        ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3206                                        ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3207
3208  // Binary/Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3209  ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3210                                  Expr *InputExpr);
3211  ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3212                          UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3213  ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3214                          tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3215
3216  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3217                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
3218                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3219                                            SourceRange R);
3220  ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3221                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3222  ExprResult
3223    ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3224                                  UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3225                                  bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3226                                  const SourceRange &ArgRange);
3227
3228  ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3229  bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3230
3231  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3232  bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3233                                        SourceRange ExprRange,
3234                                        UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3235  ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3236                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
3237                                          IdentifierInfo &Name,
3238                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3239                                          SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3240  ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3241                                 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3242
3243  ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3244                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3245  ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3246                                             Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3247
3248  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3249                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3250                                      CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3251                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3252                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3253                                const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3254                                const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3255
3256  // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3257  // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3258  // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3259  // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3260  // defines a custom operator->).
3261  struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3262    Scope *S;
3263    UnqualifiedId &Id;
3264    Decl *ObjCImpDecl;
3265    bool HasTrailingLParen;
3266  };
3267
3268  ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3269                                      SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3270                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3271                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3272                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3273                                      LookupResult &R,
3274                                 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3275                                      bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3276                                     ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0);
3277
3278  ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3279  ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base,
3280                              bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3281                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3282                              Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3283                              bool HasTemplateArgs);
3284
3285  bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3286                                     const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3287                                     const LookupResult &R);
3288
3289  ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3290                                      bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3291                                      const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3292                                      SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3293                                      NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3294                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3295                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3296
3297  ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3298                                   SourceLocation OpLoc,
3299                                   tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3300                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3301                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3302                                   UnqualifiedId &Member,
3303                                   Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
3304                                   bool HasTrailingLParen);
3305
3306  void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3307  bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3308                               FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3309                               const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3310                               ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3311                               SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3312                               bool ExecConfig = false);
3313  void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3314                                ParmVarDecl *Param,
3315                                const Expr *ArgExpr);
3316
3317  /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3318  /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3319  /// locations.
3320  ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3321                           MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3322                           Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false);
3323  ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3324                                   SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3325                                   ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3326                                   SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3327                                   Expr *Config = 0,
3328                                   bool IsExecConfig = false);
3329
3330  ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3331                                     MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3332                                     SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3333
3334  ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3335                           Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3336                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3337  ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3338                                 TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3339                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3340                                 Expr *Op);
3341  CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3342
3343  /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3344  ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3345                                SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3346                                TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3347
3348  ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3349
3350  ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3351                                  ParsedType Ty,
3352                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3353                                  Expr *InitExpr);
3354
3355  ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3356                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3357                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3358                                      Expr *LiteralExpr);
3359
3360  ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3361                           MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3362                           SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3363
3364  ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3365                                        SourceLocation Loc,
3366                                        bool GNUSyntax,
3367                                        ExprResult Init);
3368
3369  ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3370                        tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3371  ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3372                        BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3373  ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3374                                Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3375
3376  /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
3377  /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3378  ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3379                                SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3380                                Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3381
3382  /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3383  ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3384                            LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3385
3386  void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3387  ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3388                           SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3389  void ActOnStmtExprError();
3390
3391  // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3392  struct OffsetOfComponent {
3393    SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3394    bool isBrackets;  // true if [expr], false if .ident
3395    union {
3396      IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3397      Expr *E;
3398    } U;
3399  };
3400
3401  /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3402  ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3403                                  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3404                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3405                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3406                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3407  ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
3408                                  SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3409                                  SourceLocation TypeLoc,
3410                                  ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
3411                                  OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
3412                                  unsigned NumComponents,
3413                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3414
3415  // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
3416  ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3417                             Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
3418                             Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3419
3420  // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
3421  ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
3422                        SourceLocation RPLoc);
3423  ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
3424                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
3425
3426  // __null
3427  ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
3428
3429  bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
3430
3431  /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
3432  enum IfExistsResult {
3433    /// \brief The symbol exists.
3434    IER_Exists,
3435
3436    /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
3437    IER_DoesNotExist,
3438
3439    /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
3440    /// from one instantiation to the next.
3441    IER_Dependent,
3442
3443    /// \brief An error occurred.
3444    IER_Error
3445  };
3446
3447  IfExistsResult
3448  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3449                               const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
3450
3451  IfExistsResult
3452  CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3453                               bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3454                               UnqualifiedId &Name);
3455
3456  StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3457                                        bool IsIfExists,
3458                                        NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
3459                                        DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
3460                                        Stmt *Nested);
3461  StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
3462                                        bool IsIfExists,
3463                                        CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
3464                                        Stmt *Nested);
3465
3466  //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
3467
3468  /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
3469  /// started.
3470  void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3471
3472  /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
3473  /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
3474  void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
3475                           Scope *CurScope);
3476
3477  /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
3478  /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
3479  void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3480
3481  /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
3482  /// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
3483  ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
3484                                Scope *CurScope);
3485
3486  //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
3487
3488  /// __builtin_astype(...)
3489  ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
3490                             SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3491                             SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3492
3493  //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
3494
3495  // Act on C++ namespaces
3496  Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
3497                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3498                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3499                               IdentifierInfo *Ident,
3500                               SourceLocation LBrace,
3501                               AttributeList *AttrList);
3502  void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
3503
3504  NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
3505  NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
3506
3507  CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
3508
3509  /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
3510  /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
3511  bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
3512
3513  /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
3514  /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
3515  ///
3516  /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
3517  QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
3518
3519  /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
3520  /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
3521  bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
3522
3523  Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
3524                            SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3525                            SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
3526                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3527                            SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3528                            IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
3529                            AttributeList *AttrList);
3530
3531  void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
3532
3533  Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
3534                               SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
3535                               SourceLocation AliasLoc,
3536                               IdentifierInfo *Alias,
3537                               CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3538                               SourceLocation IdentLoc,
3539                               IdentifierInfo *Ident);
3540
3541  void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
3542  bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
3543                            const LookupResult &PreviousDecls);
3544  UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
3545                                        NamedDecl *Target);
3546
3547  bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3548                                   bool isTypeName,
3549                                   const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3550                                   SourceLocation NameLoc,
3551                                   const LookupResult &Previous);
3552  bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3553                               const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3554                               SourceLocation NameLoc);
3555
3556  NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3557                                   SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3558                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3559                                   const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3560                                   AttributeList *AttrList,
3561                                   bool IsInstantiation,
3562                                   bool IsTypeName,
3563                                   SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3564
3565  bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
3566
3567  Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3568                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3569                              bool HasUsingKeyword,
3570                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3571                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3572                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3573                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3574                              bool IsTypeName,
3575                              SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
3576  Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
3577                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3578                              MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3579                              SourceLocation UsingLoc,
3580                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
3581                              AttributeList *AttrList,
3582                              TypeResult Type);
3583
3584  /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
3585  /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
3586  ///
3587  /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
3588  ExprResult
3589  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3590                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3591                        bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
3592                        bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
3593                        SourceRange ParenRange);
3594
3595  // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
3596  // the constructor can be elidable?
3597  ExprResult
3598  BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
3599                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
3600                        MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3601                        bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
3602                        unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
3603
3604  /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
3605  /// the default expr if needed.
3606  ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3607                                    FunctionDecl *FD,
3608                                    ParmVarDecl *Param);
3609
3610  /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
3611  /// constructed variable.
3612  void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
3613
3614  /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
3615  /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
3616  class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
3617    // Pointer to allow copying
3618    Sema *Self;
3619    // We order exception specifications thus:
3620    // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
3621    // throw() comes next.
3622    // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
3623    // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
3624    // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
3625    ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
3626    llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
3627    SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
3628
3629    void ClearExceptions() {
3630      ExceptionsSeen.clear();
3631      Exceptions.clear();
3632    }
3633
3634  public:
3635    explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
3636      : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
3637      if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
3638        ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
3639    }
3640
3641    /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
3642    ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
3643      assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
3644             "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
3645      return ComputedEST;
3646    }
3647
3648    /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
3649    unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
3650
3651    /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
3652    const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
3653
3654    /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
3655    void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3656
3657    /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
3658    void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
3659
3660    /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
3661    /// computed exception specification.
3662    void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
3663      EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType();
3664      if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) {
3665        EPI.NumExceptions = size();
3666        EPI.Exceptions = data();
3667      } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) {
3668        /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
3669        ///   The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
3670        ///   potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
3671        EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
3672        EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
3673                                                     tok::kw_false).take();
3674      }
3675    }
3676    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const {
3677      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
3678      getEPI(EPI);
3679      return EPI;
3680    }
3681  };
3682
3683  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3684  /// copy constructor of a class will have.
3685  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3686  ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
3687                                           CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3688
3689  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3690  /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
3691  /// will be const.
3692  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3693  ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3694
3695  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
3696  /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
3697  /// parameter will be const.
3698  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3699  ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3700
3701  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3702  /// constructor of a class will have.
3703  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3704  ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3705
3706  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
3707  /// assignment operator of a class will have.
3708  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3709  ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3710
3711  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
3712  /// destructor of a class will have.
3713  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3714  ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3715
3716  /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
3717  /// constructor of a class will have.
3718  ImplicitExceptionSpecification
3719  ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
3720
3721  /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
3722  /// special member function.
3723  void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
3724
3725  /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
3726  /// extended prototype information with the results.
3727  void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
3728                                   ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
3729                                   ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
3730                                   Expr *NoexceptExpr,
3731                                   SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
3732                                   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
3733
3734  /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
3735  /// definition when it is defaulted.
3736  bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
3737                                 bool Diagnose = false);
3738
3739  /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
3740  ///
3741  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3742  /// default constructor will be added.
3743  ///
3744  /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
3745  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
3746                                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3747
3748  /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3749  /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
3750  void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3751                                        CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3752
3753  /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
3754  ///
3755  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3756  /// destructor will be added.
3757  ///
3758  /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
3759  CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3760
3761  /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
3762  /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
3763  void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3764                                CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3765
3766  /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
3767  ///
3768  /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
3769  /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
3770  void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
3771                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
3772
3773  /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
3774  ///
3775  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
3776  /// constructors will be added.
3777  void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3778
3779  /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
3780  void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
3781                                   CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3782
3783  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
3784  ///
3785  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3786  /// copy constructor will be added.
3787  ///
3788  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
3789  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3790
3791  /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3792  /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
3793  void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3794                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3795
3796  /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
3797  ///
3798  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3799  /// move constructor will be added.
3800  ///
3801  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
3802  /// declared.
3803  CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3804
3805  /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
3806  /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
3807  void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3808                                     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
3809
3810  /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
3811  ///
3812  /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
3813  /// copy assignment operator will be added.
3814  ///
3815  /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3816  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3817
3818  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
3819  void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3820                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3821
3822  /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
3823  ///
3824  /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
3825  /// move assignment operator will be added.
3826  ///
3827  /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
3828  /// wasn't declared.
3829  CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
3830
3831  /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
3832  void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
3833                                    CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
3834
3835  /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
3836  /// class.
3837  void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
3838
3839  /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
3840  /// special member function.
3841  bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
3842
3843  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
3844  /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
3845  ///
3846  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3847  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3848
3849  /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
3850  /// member function.
3851  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3852
3853  /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
3854  /// static member function.
3855  ///
3856  /// \returns true if an error occurred.
3857  bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
3858
3859  /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
3860  /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
3861  /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
3862  ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
3863
3864  bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
3865                               MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
3866                               SourceLocation Loc,
3867                               SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
3868                               bool AllowExplicit = false,
3869                               bool IsListInitialization = false);
3870
3871  ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3872                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3873                                          IdentifierInfo &Name);
3874
3875  ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
3876                               IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
3877                               Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3878                               ParsedType ObjectType,
3879                               bool EnteringContext);
3880
3881  ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
3882
3883  // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
3884  void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
3885                                      bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
3886
3887  /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
3888  ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3889                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3890                               SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
3891                               Declarator &D,
3892                               SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
3893                               SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3894                               Expr *E,
3895                               SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3896
3897  ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3898                               tok::TokenKind Kind,
3899                               TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
3900                               Expr *E,
3901                               SourceRange AngleBrackets,
3902                               SourceRange Parens);
3903
3904  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3905                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3906                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3907                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3908  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
3909                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3910                            Expr *Operand,
3911                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3912
3913  /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
3914  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3915                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3916                            void *TyOrExpr,
3917                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3918
3919  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3920                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3921                            TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
3922                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3923  ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
3924                            SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
3925                            Expr *Operand,
3926                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3927
3928  /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
3929  ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3930                            SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
3931                            void *TyOrExpr,
3932                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3933
3934
3935  //// ActOnCXXThis -  Parse 'this' pointer.
3936  ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
3937
3938  /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
3939  ///
3940  /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
3941  QualType getCurrentThisType();
3942
3943  /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
3944  /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
3945  /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
3946  QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
3947
3948  /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
3949  /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
3950  class CXXThisScopeRAII {
3951    Sema &S;
3952    QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
3953    bool Enabled;
3954
3955  public:
3956    /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
3957    /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
3958    /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
3959    /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
3960    CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
3961                     bool Enabled = true);
3962
3963    ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
3964  };
3965
3966  /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
3967  /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
3968  ///
3969  /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
3970  ///
3971  /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
3972  /// capture list.
3973  void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false);
3974
3975  /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
3976  /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
3977  /// being defined.
3978  bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
3979
3980  /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
3981  ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3982
3983
3984  /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
3985  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3986
3987  /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
3988  ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
3989
3990  //// ActOnCXXThrow -  Parse throw expressions.
3991  ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
3992  ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
3993                           bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3994  ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E,
3995                                  bool IsThrownVarInScope);
3996
3997  /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
3998  /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
3999  /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4000  /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4001  ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4002                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4003                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4004                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4005
4006  ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4007                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4008                                       MultiExprArg Exprs,
4009                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4010
4011  /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4012  ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4013                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4014                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4015                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4016                         SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4017                         Expr *Initializer);
4018  ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4019                         SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4020                         MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4021                         SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4022                         SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4023                         QualType AllocType,
4024                         TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4025                         Expr *ArraySize,
4026                         SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4027                         Expr *Initializer,
4028                         bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4029
4030  bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4031                          SourceRange R);
4032  bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4033                               bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4034                               MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4035                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4036                               FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4037  bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4038                              DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4039                              DeclContext *Ctx,
4040                              bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4041                              bool Diagnose = true);
4042  void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4043  void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4044                                       QualType Argument,
4045                                       bool addMallocAttr = false);
4046
4047  bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4048                                DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4049                                bool Diagnose = true);
4050
4051  /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4052  ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4053                            bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4054                            Expr *Operand);
4055
4056  DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4057  ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4058                                    SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4059                                    bool ConvertToBoolean);
4060
4061  ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4062                               Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4063  ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4064                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4065
4066  /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4067  /// pseudo-functions.
4068  ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4069                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4070                                 ParsedType Ty,
4071                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4072
4073  ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT,
4074                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4075                                 TypeSourceInfo *T,
4076                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4077
4078  /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4079  /// pseudo-functions.
4080  ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT,
4081                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4082                                  ParsedType LhsTy,
4083                                  ParsedType RhsTy,
4084                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4085
4086  ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT,
4087                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4088                                  TypeSourceInfo *LhsT,
4089                                  TypeSourceInfo *RhsT,
4090                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4091
4092  /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4093  ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4094                            ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4095                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4096  ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4097                            ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4098                            SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4099
4100  /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4101  /// pseudo-functions.
4102  ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4103                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4104                                 ParsedType LhsTy,
4105                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4106                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4107
4108  ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4109                                 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4110                                 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4111                                 Expr *DimExpr,
4112                                 SourceLocation RParen);
4113
4114  /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4115  /// pseudo-functions.
4116  ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4117                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4118                                  Expr *Queried,
4119                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4120
4121  ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4122                                  SourceLocation KWLoc,
4123                                  Expr *Queried,
4124                                  SourceLocation RParen);
4125
4126  ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4127                                          Expr *Base,
4128                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
4129                                          tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4130                                          ParsedType &ObjectType,
4131                                          bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4132
4133  ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr);
4134
4135  ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4136                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4137                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4138                                       const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4139                                       TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4140                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4141                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4142                                     PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType,
4143                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4144
4145  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4146                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4147                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4148                                       CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4149                                       UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4150                                       SourceLocation CCLoc,
4151                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4152                                       UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName,
4153                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4154
4155  ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4156                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
4157                                       tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4158                                       SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4159                                       const DeclSpec& DS,
4160                                       bool HasTrailingLParen);
4161
4162  /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4163  /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4164  /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4165  Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4166  Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4167  ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4168
4169  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4170    return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4171                                          : SourceLocation());
4172  }
4173  ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4174                                 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4175                                 bool IsConstexpr = false);
4176  StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4177
4178  // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4179  bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4180
4181  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4182  DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4183                                  bool EnteringContext = false);
4184  bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4185  CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4186  bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4187
4188  /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4189  ///
4190  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4191  ///
4192  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4193  ///
4194  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4195  /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4196  ///
4197  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4198  bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc,
4199                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4200
4201  bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD);
4202  NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4203
4204  bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4205                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4206                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
4207                                    ParsedType ObjectType);
4208
4209  bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4210                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4211                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4212                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4213                                   QualType ObjectType,
4214                                   bool EnteringContext,
4215                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4216                                   NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4217                                   bool ErrorRecoveryLookup);
4218
4219  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4220  ///
4221  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4222  ///
4223  /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4224  ///
4225  /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4226  ///
4227  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4228  ///
4229  /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4230  /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4231  ///
4232  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4233  /// this nested-name-specifier.
4234  ///
4235  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4236  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4237  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4238  /// including this new type).
4239  ///
4240  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4241  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4242                                   IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4243                                   SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4244                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4245                                   ParsedType ObjectType,
4246                                   bool EnteringContext,
4247                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4248
4249  ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4250
4251  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4252                                           const DeclSpec &DS,
4253                                           SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4254
4255  bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4256                                 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4257                                 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4258                                 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4259                                 ParsedType ObjectType,
4260                                 bool EnteringContext);
4261
4262  /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4263  /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4264  ///
4265  /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4266  ///
4267  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4268  /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4269  /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4270  /// including this new type).
4271  ///
4272  /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4273  /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4274  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4275  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
4276  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4277  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
4278  /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4279  ///
4280  /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4281  /// nested-name-specifier.
4282  ///
4283  ///
4284  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4285  bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4286                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4287                                   SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4288                                   TemplateTy TemplateName,
4289                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4290                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4291                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4292                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4293                                   SourceLocation CCLoc,
4294                                   bool EnteringContext);
4295
4296  /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4297  /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4298  /// nested-name-specifier.
4299  ///
4300  /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4301  ///
4302  /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4303  /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4304  void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4305
4306  /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4307  /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4308  ///
4309  /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4310  /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4311  ///
4312  /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4313  ///
4314  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4315  /// of the annotation pointer.
4316  void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4317                                            SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4318                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4319
4320  bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4321
4322  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4323  /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4324  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4325  /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4326  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4327  /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4328  bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4329
4330  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4331  /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4332  /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4333  /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4334  /// defining scope.
4335  void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4336
4337  /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4338  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4339  /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4340  /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4341  /// class X.
4342  void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4343
4344  /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4345  /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4346  void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4347
4348  /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4349  CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4350                                         TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4351                                         bool KnownDependent);
4352
4353  /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4354  CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4355                                       SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4356                                       TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4357                                       SourceLocation EndLoc,
4358                                       ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4359
4360  /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression.
4361  sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4362                                          SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4363                                          LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4364                                          bool ExplicitParams,
4365                                          bool ExplicitResultType,
4366                                          bool Mutable);
4367
4368  /// \brief Check and build an init-capture with the specified name and
4369  /// initializer.
4370  FieldDecl *checkInitCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
4371                              IdentifierInfo *Id, Expr *Init);
4372
4373  /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
4374  /// given lambda.
4375  void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
4376
4377  /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
4378  void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
4379
4380  /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
4381  /// statements present in the body.
4382  void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
4383
4384  /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
4385  /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
4386  /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
4387  /// lambda.
4388  void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
4389                                    Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
4390
4391  /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
4392  /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
4393  void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
4394                        bool IsInstantiation = false);
4395
4396  /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
4397  /// was successfully completed.
4398  ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
4399                             Scope *CurScope,
4400                             bool IsInstantiation = false);
4401
4402  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4403  /// function pointer.
4404  ///
4405  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4406  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4407  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4408  /// block pointer conversion.
4409  void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
4410         SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4411
4412  /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
4413  /// block pointer.
4414  ///
4415  /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
4416  /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
4417  /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
4418  /// block pointer conversion.
4419  void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
4420                                                    CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
4421
4422  ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4423                                           SourceLocation ConvLocation,
4424                                           CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
4425                                           Expr *Src);
4426
4427  // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
4428  ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
4429                                    Expr **Strings,
4430                                    unsigned NumStrings);
4431
4432  ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
4433
4434  /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4435  /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
4436  /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
4437  ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
4438  ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
4439                                  bool Value);
4440  ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
4441
4442  /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
4443  /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
4444  /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of
4445  /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or
4446  /// "char *" or "const char *".
4447  ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
4448
4449  ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
4450                                          Expr *IndexExpr,
4451                                          ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
4452                                          ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
4453
4454  ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
4455                                        ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements,
4456                                        unsigned NumElements);
4457
4458  ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4459                                  TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
4460                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4461  ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
4462                                    CXXConversionDecl *Method,
4463                                    bool HadMultipleCandidates);
4464
4465  ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
4466                                       SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
4467                                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4468                                       ParsedType Ty,
4469                                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4470
4471  /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
4472  ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
4473                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4474                                         SourceLocation SelLoc,
4475                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4476                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4477
4478  /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
4479  ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
4480                                         SourceLocation AtLoc,
4481                                         SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
4482                                         SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4483                                         SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
4484                                         SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4485
4486  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4487  // C++ Declarations
4488  //
4489  Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4490                                       SourceLocation ExternLoc,
4491                                       SourceLocation LangLoc,
4492                                       StringRef Lang,
4493                                       SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
4494  Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
4495                                        Decl *LinkageSpec,
4496                                        SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
4497
4498
4499  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4500  // C++ Classes
4501  //
4502  bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
4503                          const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0);
4504
4505  bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
4506                            SourceLocation ASLoc,
4507                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4508                            AttributeList *Attrs = 0);
4509
4510  NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4511                                 Declarator &D,
4512                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
4513                                 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
4514                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
4515  void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4516                                        Expr *Init);
4517
4518  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4519                                    Scope *S,
4520                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4521                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4522                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4523                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4524                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4525                                    SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4526                                    ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
4527                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4528                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4529
4530  MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4531                                    Scope *S,
4532                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4533                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4534                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4535                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4536                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4537                                    Expr *InitList,
4538                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4539
4540  MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
4541                                    Scope *S,
4542                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4543                                    IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
4544                                    ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
4545                                    const DeclSpec &DS,
4546                                    SourceLocation IdLoc,
4547                                    Expr *Init,
4548                                    SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4549
4550  MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
4551                                       Expr *Init,
4552                                       SourceLocation IdLoc);
4553
4554  MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
4555                                     TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
4556                                     Expr *Init,
4557                                     CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4558                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4559
4560  MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4561                                           Expr *Init,
4562                                           CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4563
4564  bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4565                                CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
4566
4567  bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
4568                           ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
4569
4570  void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
4571
4572
4573  /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
4574  /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
4575  /// referenced.
4576  void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4577                                              CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4578
4579  /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
4580  /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
4581  /// first use occurred.
4582  typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
4583
4584  /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
4585  /// materialized.
4586  SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
4587
4588  /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
4589  /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
4590  /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
4591  /// by code generation).
4592  llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
4593
4594  /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
4595  void LoadExternalVTableUses();
4596
4597  typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
4598                     &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2>
4599    DynamicClassesType;
4600
4601  /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation
4602  /// unit.
4603  DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses;
4604
4605  /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
4606  /// given location.
4607  void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4608                      bool DefinitionRequired = false);
4609
4610  /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
4611  /// in the given class as needed.
4612  void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
4613                                             const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4614
4615  /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
4616  /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
4617  void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
4618                                    const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4619
4620  /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
4621  /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
4622  /// vtables.
4623  ///
4624  /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
4625  bool DefineUsedVTables();
4626
4627  void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4628
4629  void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
4630                            SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4631                            ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
4632                            bool AnyErrors);
4633
4634  void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
4635  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
4636                                         Decl *TagDecl,
4637                                         SourceLocation LBrac,
4638                                         SourceLocation RBrac,
4639                                         AttributeList *AttrList);
4640  void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
4641
4642  void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
4643  void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D);
4644  void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4645  void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4646  void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
4647  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
4648  void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
4649  void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
4650  void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true);
4651  bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
4652
4653  Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4654                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4655                                     Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
4656                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4657  Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
4658                                     Expr *AssertExpr,
4659                                     StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
4660                                     SourceLocation RParenLoc,
4661                                     bool Failed);
4662
4663  FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
4664                                  SourceLocation FriendLoc,
4665                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
4666  Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
4667                            MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4668  NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4669                                     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
4670
4671  QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4672                                      StorageClass& SC);
4673  void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4674  QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
4675                                     StorageClass& SC);
4676  bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4677  void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
4678                                 StorageClass& SC);
4679  Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
4680
4681  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4682  void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
4683                                                   const FunctionProtoType *T);
4684  void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs();
4685
4686  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4687  // C++ Derived Classes
4688  //
4689
4690  /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
4691  CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4692                                       SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4693                                       bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4694                                       TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4695                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4696
4697  BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
4698                                SourceRange SpecifierRange,
4699                                ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
4700                                bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
4701                                ParsedType basetype,
4702                                SourceLocation BaseLoc,
4703                                SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
4704
4705  bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4706                            unsigned NumBases);
4707  void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases,
4708                           unsigned NumBases);
4709
4710  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base);
4711  bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4712
4713  // FIXME: I don't like this name.
4714  void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4715
4716  bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath);
4717
4718  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4719                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4720                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
4721                                    bool IgnoreAccess = false);
4722  bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
4723                                    unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
4724                                    unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
4725                                    SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
4726                                    DeclarationName Name,
4727                                    CXXCastPath *BasePath);
4728
4729  std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
4730
4731  bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4732                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4733
4734  /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
4735  /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
4736  bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4737                                         const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4738
4739  /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
4740  /// spec is a subset of base spec.
4741  bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4742                                            const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4743
4744  bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
4745
4746  /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
4747  void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D);
4748
4749  /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
4750  /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
4751  /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
4752  bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
4753                                              const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
4754
4755
4756  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4757  // C++ Access Control
4758  //
4759
4760  enum AccessResult {
4761    AR_accessible,
4762    AR_inaccessible,
4763    AR_dependent,
4764    AR_delayed
4765  };
4766
4767  bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
4768                                NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
4769                                AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
4770
4771  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
4772                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4773  AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
4774                                           DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4775  AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
4776                                     SourceRange PlacementRange,
4777                                     CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
4778                                     DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
4779                                     bool Diagnose = true);
4780  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4781                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4782                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4783                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4784                                      bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
4785  AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4786                                      CXXConstructorDecl *D,
4787                                      const InitializedEntity &Entity,
4788                                      AccessSpecifier Access,
4789                                      const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
4790  AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4791                                     CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
4792                                     const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
4793                                     QualType objectType = QualType());
4794  AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
4795  AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
4796                                         Expr *ObjectExpr,
4797                                         Expr *ArgExpr,
4798                                         DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4799  AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
4800                                          DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
4801  AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
4802                                    QualType Base, QualType Derived,
4803                                    const CXXBasePath &Path,
4804                                    unsigned DiagID,
4805                                    bool ForceCheck = false,
4806                                    bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
4807  void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
4808  bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
4809  bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
4810                                            AccessSpecifier access,
4811                                            QualType objectType);
4812
4813  void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
4814                         const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4815  void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
4816                        const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
4817
4818  void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
4819
4820  /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
4821  /// failures rather than hard errors.
4822  bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
4823
4824  enum AbstractDiagSelID {
4825    AbstractNone = -1,
4826    AbstractReturnType,
4827    AbstractParamType,
4828    AbstractVariableType,
4829    AbstractFieldType,
4830    AbstractIvarType,
4831    AbstractArrayType
4832  };
4833
4834  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4835                              TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
4836  template<typename T1>
4837  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4838                              unsigned DiagID,
4839                              const T1 &Arg1) {
4840    BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1);
4841    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4842  }
4843
4844  template<typename T1, typename T2>
4845  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4846                              unsigned DiagID,
4847                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) {
4848    BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2);
4849    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4850  }
4851
4852  template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3>
4853  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
4854                              unsigned DiagID,
4855                              const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) {
4856    BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3);
4857    return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
4858  }
4859
4860  void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
4861
4862  bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
4863                              AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone);
4864
4865  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4866  // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
4867  //
4868
4869  bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4870
4871  bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
4872
4873  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4874  // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
4875  //
4876  void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4877                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4878  bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
4879                                     bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
4880
4881  void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4882                          QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
4883                          bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4884
4885  TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
4886                                  CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4887                                  bool hasTemplateKeyword,
4888                                  UnqualifiedId &Name,
4889                                  ParsedType ObjectType,
4890                                  bool EnteringContext,
4891                                  TemplateTy &Template,
4892                                  bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
4893
4894  bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
4895                                   SourceLocation IILoc,
4896                                   Scope *S,
4897                                   const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
4898                                   TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
4899                                   TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
4900
4901  void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
4902  TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
4903
4904  Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis,
4905                           SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4906                           SourceLocation KeyLoc,
4907                           IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4908                           SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4909                           unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
4910                           SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4911                           ParsedType DefaultArg);
4912
4913  QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
4914  Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4915                                      unsigned Depth,
4916                                      unsigned Position,
4917                                      SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4918                                      Expr *DefaultArg);
4919  Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
4920                                       SourceLocation TmpLoc,
4921                                       TemplateParameterList *Params,
4922                                       SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4923                                       IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
4924                                       SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
4925                                       unsigned Depth,
4926                                       unsigned Position,
4927                                       SourceLocation EqualLoc,
4928                                       ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
4929
4930  TemplateParameterList *
4931  ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
4932                             SourceLocation ExportLoc,
4933                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4934                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4935                             Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
4936                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
4937
4938  /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter
4939  /// list.
4940  enum TemplateParamListContext {
4941    TPC_ClassTemplate,
4942    TPC_FunctionTemplate,
4943    TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
4944    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
4945    TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
4946    TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
4947  };
4948
4949  bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
4950                                  TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
4951                                  TemplateParamListContext TPC);
4952  TemplateParameterList *
4953  MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc,
4954                                          SourceLocation DeclLoc,
4955                                          const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4956                                          TemplateParameterList **ParamLists,
4957                                          unsigned NumParamLists,
4958                                          bool IsFriend,
4959                                          bool &IsExplicitSpecialization,
4960                                          bool &Invalid);
4961
4962  DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
4963                                SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4964                                IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4965                                AttributeList *Attr,
4966                                TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
4967                                AccessSpecifier AS,
4968                                SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
4969                                unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
4970                            TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists);
4971
4972  void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
4973                                  TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
4974
4975  void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
4976
4977  QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
4978                               SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4979                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
4980
4981  TypeResult
4982  ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4983                      TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4984                      SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4985                      ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4986                      SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4987                      bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
4988
4989  /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
4990  /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
4991  TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
4992                                    TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
4993                                    SourceLocation TagLoc,
4994                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4995                                    SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4996                                    TemplateTy TemplateD,
4997                                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
4998                                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4999                                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5000                                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5001
5002
5003  ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5004                                 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5005                                 LookupResult &R,
5006                                 bool RequiresADL,
5007                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5008
5009  ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5010                                          SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5011                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5012                               const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5013
5014  TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5015                                              CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5016                                              SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5017                                              UnqualifiedId &Name,
5018                                              ParsedType ObjectType,
5019                                              bool EnteringContext,
5020                                              TemplateTy &Template);
5021
5022  DeclResult
5023  ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5024                                   SourceLocation KWLoc,
5025                                   SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5026                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5027                                   TemplateTy Template,
5028                                   SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5029                                   SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5030                                   ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5031                                   SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5032                                   AttributeList *Attr,
5033                                 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
5034
5035  Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5036                                MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5037                                Declarator &D);
5038
5039  Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope,
5040                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5041                                        Declarator &D);
5042
5043  bool
5044  CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5045                                         TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5046                                         NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5047                                         TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5048                                         SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5049                                         bool &SuppressNew);
5050
5051  bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5052                    const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5053                                                    LookupResult &Previous);
5054
5055  bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5056                         TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5057                                           LookupResult &Previous);
5058  bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5059
5060  DeclResult
5061  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5062                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5063                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5064                             unsigned TagSpec,
5065                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5066                             const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5067                             TemplateTy Template,
5068                             SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5069                             SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5070                             ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5071                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5072                             AttributeList *Attr);
5073
5074  DeclResult
5075  ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5076                             SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5077                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5078                             unsigned TagSpec,
5079                             SourceLocation KWLoc,
5080                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5081                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
5082                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
5083                             AttributeList *Attr);
5084
5085  DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5086                                        SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5087                                        SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5088                                        Declarator &D);
5089
5090  TemplateArgumentLoc
5091  SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5092                                          SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5093                                          SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5094                                          Decl *Param,
5095                          SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5096
5097  /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5098  /// argument is being checked.
5099  enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5100    /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5101    /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5102    CTAK_Specified,
5103
5104    /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5105    /// deduction.
5106    CTAK_Deduced,
5107
5108    /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5109    /// via template argument deduction.
5110    CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5111  };
5112
5113  bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5114                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5115                             NamedDecl *Template,
5116                             SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5117                             SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5118                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5119                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5120                             CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5121
5122  /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5123  /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5124  ///
5125  /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5126  /// provided.
5127  ///
5128  /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5129  ///
5130  /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5131  /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5132  /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5133  /// arguments.
5134  ///
5135  /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5136  /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5137  /// set of template arguments.
5138  ///
5139  /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5140  /// arguments.
5141  ///
5142  ///
5143  /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate
5144  /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being
5145  /// expanded into a fixed parameter list.
5146  ///
5147  /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5148  bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5149                                 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5150                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5151                                 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5152                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5153                                 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0);
5154
5155  bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5156                                 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5157                           SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5158
5159  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5160                             TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5161  ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5162                                   QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5163                                   TemplateArgument &Converted,
5164                               CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5165  bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5166                             const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5167                             unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5168
5169  ExprResult
5170  BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5171                                          QualType ParamType,
5172                                          SourceLocation Loc);
5173  ExprResult
5174  BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5175                                              SourceLocation Loc);
5176
5177  /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5178  /// for equality.
5179  enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5180    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5181    /// that might be redeclarations.
5182    ///
5183    /// \code
5184    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5185    /// template<typename T> struct X;
5186    /// \endcode
5187    TPL_TemplateMatch,
5188
5189    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5190    /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5191    /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5192    ///
5193    /// \code
5194    /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5195    /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5196    /// \endcode
5197    TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5198
5199    /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5200    /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5201    /// template parameter.
5202    ///
5203    /// \code
5204    /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5205    /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5206    /// X<integer_c> xic;
5207    /// \endcode
5208    TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5209  };
5210
5211  bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5212                                      TemplateParameterList *Old,
5213                                      bool Complain,
5214                                      TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5215                                      SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5216                                        = SourceLocation());
5217
5218  bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5219
5220  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5221  /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5222  ///
5223  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5224  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5225  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5226  /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5227  /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5228  TypeResult
5229  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5230                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5231                    SourceLocation IdLoc);
5232
5233  /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5234  /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5235  /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5236  ///
5237  /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5238  /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5239  /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5240  /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5241  /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5242  /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5243  /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket  ('<').
5244  /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5245  /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket  ('>').
5246  TypeResult
5247  ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5248                    const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5249                    SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5250                    TemplateTy TemplateName,
5251                    SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5252                    SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5253                    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5254                    SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5255
5256  QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5257                             SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5258                             NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5259                             const IdentifierInfo &II,
5260                             SourceLocation IILoc);
5261
5262  TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5263                                                    SourceLocation Loc,
5264                                                    DeclarationName Name);
5265  bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5266
5267  ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5268  bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5269                                                TemplateParameterList *Params);
5270
5271  std::string
5272  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5273                                  const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5274
5275  std::string
5276  getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5277                                  const TemplateArgument *Args,
5278                                  unsigned NumArgs);
5279
5280  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5281  // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5282  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5283
5284  /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5285  /// being diagnosed.
5286  ///
5287  /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5288  /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5289  enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5290    /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5291    UPPC_Expression = 0,
5292
5293    /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5294    UPPC_BaseType,
5295
5296    /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5297    UPPC_DeclarationType,
5298
5299    /// \brief The type of a data member.
5300    UPPC_DataMemberType,
5301
5302    /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5303    UPPC_BitFieldWidth,
5304
5305    /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5306    UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5307
5308    /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5309    UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5310
5311    /// \brief The enumerator value.
5312    UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5313
5314    /// \brief A using declaration.
5315    UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5316
5317    /// \brief A friend declaration.
5318    UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5319
5320    /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5321    UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5322
5323    /// \brief An initializer.
5324    UPPC_Initializer,
5325
5326    /// \brief A default argument.
5327    UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5328
5329    /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5330    UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5331
5332    /// \brief The type of an exception.
5333    UPPC_ExceptionType,
5334
5335    /// \brief Partial specialization.
5336    UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5337
5338    /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5339    UPPC_IfExists,
5340
5341    /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
5342    UPPC_IfNotExists,
5343
5344    /// \brief Lambda expression.
5345    UPPC_Lambda,
5346
5347    /// \brief Block expression,
5348    UPPC_Block
5349};
5350
5351  /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
5352  ///
5353  /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
5354  ///
5355  /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
5356  /// parameter packs.
5357  ///
5358  /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
5359  ///
5360  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5361  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
5362                                        UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
5363                                  ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
5364
5365  /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5366  /// diagnose the error.
5367  ///
5368  /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
5369  ///
5370  /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
5371  /// packs.
5372  ///
5373  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5374  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
5375                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5376
5377  /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
5378  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5379  ///
5380  /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
5381  /// parameter packs.
5382  ///
5383  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5384  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
5385                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
5386
5387  /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
5388  /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
5389  ///
5390  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
5391  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5392  ///
5393  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5394  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5395                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5396
5397  /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5398  /// diagnose the error.
5399  ///
5400  /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
5401  /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
5402  ///
5403  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5404  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5405                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5406
5407  /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
5408  /// diagnose the error.
5409  ///
5410  /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
5411  ///
5412  /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
5413  /// parameter packs.
5414  ///
5415  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5416  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
5417                                       TemplateName Template,
5418                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5419
5420  /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
5421  /// pack, diagnose the error.
5422  ///
5423  /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
5424  /// parameter packs.
5425  ///
5426  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5427  bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5428                                       UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
5429
5430  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5431  /// template argument.
5432  ///
5433  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5434  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5435  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
5436                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5437
5438  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5439  /// template argument.
5440  ///
5441  /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
5442  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5443  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
5444                    SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5445
5446  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5447  /// type.
5448  ///
5449  /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
5450  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5451  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
5452                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5453
5454  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5455  /// type.
5456  ///
5457  /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
5458  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5459  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
5460                   SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5461
5462  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5463  /// nested-name-specifier.
5464  ///
5465  /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
5466  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5467  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5468                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5469
5470  /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
5471  /// name.
5472  ///
5473  /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
5474  /// unexpanded parameter packs.
5475  void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5476                         SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
5477
5478  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
5479  /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
5480  ///
5481  /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
5482  /// may already be invalid.
5483  ///
5484  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5485  ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
5486                                            SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5487
5488  /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
5489  /// creates a pack expansion.
5490  ///
5491  /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5492  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5493  ///
5494  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5495  TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5496
5497  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5498  /// expansion.
5499  TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
5500                                     SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5501                                     Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5502
5503  /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
5504  /// expansion.
5505  QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
5506                              SourceRange PatternRange,
5507                              SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5508                              Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5509
5510  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5511  /// creates a pack expansion.
5512  ///
5513  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5514  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5515  ///
5516  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5517  ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5518
5519  /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
5520  /// creates a pack expansion.
5521  ///
5522  /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
5523  /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
5524  ///
5525  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
5526  ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5527                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
5528
5529  /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
5530  /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
5531  /// transforming the pattern.
5532  ///
5533  /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
5534  /// pack expansion.
5535  ///
5536  /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
5537  /// the pack expansion.
5538  ///
5539  /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
5540  /// pattern.
5541  ///
5542  /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
5543  /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
5544  /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
5545  ///
5546  /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
5547  /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
5548  /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
5549  /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
5550  ///
5551  /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
5552  /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
5553  /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
5554  /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
5555  /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
5556  /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
5557  /// set this value in other cases.
5558  ///
5559  /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
5560  /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
5561  /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
5562  /// must be set.
5563  bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5564                                       SourceRange PatternRange,
5565                             ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
5566                             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5567                                       bool &ShouldExpand,
5568                                       bool &RetainExpansion,
5569                                       Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
5570
5571  /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
5572  /// type.
5573  ///
5574  /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
5575  /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
5576  ///
5577  /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
5578  Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
5579      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5580
5581  /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
5582  /// parameter packs.
5583  ///
5584  /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
5585  /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
5586  ///
5587  /// \code
5588  ///   void f(T...);
5589  /// \endcode
5590  ///
5591  /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
5592  /// a variadic function.
5593  ///
5594  /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
5595  /// false otherwise.
5596  bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
5597
5598  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5599  // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
5600  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5601
5602  /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
5603  ///
5604  /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
5605  /// template argument deduction, as returned from
5606  /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
5607  /// structure provides additional information about the results of
5608  /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
5609  /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
5610  /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
5611  enum TemplateDeductionResult {
5612    /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
5613    TDK_Success = 0,
5614    /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
5615    TDK_Invalid,
5616    /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
5617    /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
5618    TDK_InstantiationDepth,
5619    /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
5620    /// for every template parameter.
5621    TDK_Incomplete,
5622    /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
5623    /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
5624    TDK_Inconsistent,
5625    /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
5626    /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
5627    /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
5628    /// but were given a non-const "X".
5629    TDK_Underqualified,
5630    /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
5631    /// resulted in an error.
5632    TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
5633    /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
5634    /// corresponding component of the argument.
5635    TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
5636    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5637    /// template, there were too many call arguments.
5638    TDK_TooManyArguments,
5639    /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
5640    /// template, there were too few call arguments.
5641    TDK_TooFewArguments,
5642    /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
5643    /// template arguments for the given template.
5644    TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
5645    /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
5646    /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
5647    TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
5648    /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
5649    TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
5650  };
5651
5652  TemplateDeductionResult
5653  DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
5654                          const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5655                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5656
5657  TemplateDeductionResult
5658  SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5659                              TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5660                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5661                                 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
5662                                      QualType *FunctionType,
5663                                      sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5664
5665  /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
5666  // deduction for a call.
5667  struct OriginalCallArg {
5668    OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
5669                    unsigned ArgIdx,
5670                    QualType OriginalArgType)
5671      : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
5672        OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
5673
5674    QualType OriginalParamType;
5675    unsigned ArgIdx;
5676    QualType OriginalArgType;
5677  };
5678
5679  TemplateDeductionResult
5680  FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5681                      SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
5682                                  unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
5683                                  FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5684                                  sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5685           SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0);
5686
5687  TemplateDeductionResult
5688  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5689                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5690                          ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5691                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5692                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5693
5694  TemplateDeductionResult
5695  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5696                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5697                          QualType ArgFunctionType,
5698                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5699                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5700                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5701
5702  TemplateDeductionResult
5703  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5704                          QualType ToType,
5705                          CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
5706                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
5707
5708  TemplateDeductionResult
5709  DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5710                          TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5711                          FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
5712                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
5713                          bool InOverloadResolution = false);
5714
5715  /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
5716  enum DeduceAutoResult {
5717    DAR_Succeeded,
5718    DAR_Failed,
5719    DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
5720  };
5721
5722  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
5723                                  QualType &Result);
5724  DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
5725                                  QualType &Result);
5726  QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
5727  void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
5728  bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
5729                        bool Diagnose = true);
5730
5731  bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
5732                                        SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
5733                                        Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
5734
5735  FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
5736                                                   FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
5737                                                   SourceLocation Loc,
5738                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5739                                                   unsigned NumCallArguments);
5740  UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin,
5741                                           UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
5742                                           TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
5743                                           unsigned NumCallArguments,
5744                                           SourceLocation Loc,
5745                                           const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
5746                                           const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
5747                                        const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
5748                                        bool Complain = true,
5749                                        QualType TargetType = QualType());
5750
5751  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
5752  getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
5753                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
5754                                  ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
5755                                  SourceLocation Loc);
5756
5757  void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
5758                                  bool OnlyDeduced,
5759                                  unsigned Depth,
5760                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
5761  void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
5762                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5763                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
5764    return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
5765  }
5766  static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
5767                                  const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
5768                                  llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
5769
5770  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5771  // C++ Template Instantiation
5772  //
5773
5774  MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
5775                                     const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0,
5776                                                bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
5777                                               const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0);
5778
5779  /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
5780  struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
5781    /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
5782    enum InstantiationKind {
5783      /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
5784      /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
5785      TemplateInstantiation,
5786
5787      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
5788      /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
5789      /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
5790      /// arguments as specified.
5791      /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
5792      DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
5793
5794      /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
5795      /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
5796      /// provides the template arguments as specified.
5797      DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
5798
5799      /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
5800      /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5801      ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5802
5803      /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
5804      /// template argument deduction for either a class template
5805      /// partial specialization or a function template. The
5806      /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
5807      /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
5808      DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5809
5810      /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
5811      /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
5812      /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
5813      PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
5814
5815      /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
5816      /// has been used when naming a template-id.
5817      DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
5818
5819      /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
5820      /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
5821      ExceptionSpecInstantiation
5822    } Kind;
5823
5824    /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
5825    SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
5826
5827    /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
5828    /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
5829    /// arguments.
5830    NamedDecl *Template;
5831
5832    /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
5833    Decl *Entity;
5834
5835    /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
5836    /// are not part of the entity.
5837    const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
5838
5839    /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
5840    unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
5841
5842    /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
5843    /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
5844    sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
5845
5846    /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
5847    /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
5848    /// template instantiation.
5849    SourceRange InstantiationRange;
5850
5851    ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
5852      : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0),
5853        NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {}
5854
5855    /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
5856    /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
5857    bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
5858
5859    friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5860                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5861      if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
5862        return false;
5863
5864      if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
5865        return false;
5866
5867      switch (X.Kind) {
5868      case TemplateInstantiation:
5869      case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
5870        return true;
5871
5872      case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5873      case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
5874        return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5875
5876      case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
5877      case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5878      case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
5879      case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
5880        return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
5881
5882      }
5883
5884      llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
5885    }
5886
5887    friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
5888                           const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
5889      return !(X == Y);
5890    }
5891  };
5892
5893  /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
5894  ///
5895  /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
5896  /// requires another template instantiation, additional
5897  /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
5898  /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
5899  SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
5900    ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
5901
5902  /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
5903  /// template instantiation.
5904  ///
5905  /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
5906  /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
5907  bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
5908
5909  /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
5910  /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
5911  /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
5912  unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
5913
5914  /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
5915  /// error or warning was produced.
5916  ///
5917  /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
5918  /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
5919  /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
5920  /// to implement it anywhere else.
5921  ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
5922
5923  /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
5924  /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
5925  ///
5926  /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
5927  /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
5928  /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
5929  int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
5930
5931  /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
5932  /// within a \c Sema object.
5933  ///
5934  /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
5935  class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
5936    Sema &Self;
5937    int OldSubstitutionIndex;
5938
5939  public:
5940    ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
5941      : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
5942      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
5943    }
5944
5945    ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
5946      Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
5947    }
5948  };
5949
5950  friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
5951
5952  /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation.
5953  ///
5954  /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved
5955  /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints.
5956  SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation;
5957
5958  /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
5959  /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
5960  /// deduction.
5961  ///
5962  /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
5963  llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
5964    SuppressedDiagnostics;
5965
5966  /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
5967  /// instantiation.
5968  ///
5969  /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
5970  /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
5971  /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
5972  /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
5973  /// produces an error and evaluates true.
5974  ///
5975  /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
5976  /// the stack.
5977  struct InstantiatingTemplate {
5978    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
5979    /// function template, or a member thereof.
5980    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5981                          Decl *Entity,
5982                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5983
5984    struct ExceptionSpecification {};
5985    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
5986    /// of a function template.
5987    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5988                          FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
5989                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5990
5991    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5992    /// template-id.
5993    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
5994                          TemplateDecl *Template,
5995                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
5996                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
5997
5998    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
5999    /// template-id.
6000    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6001                          FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6002                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6003                          ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6004                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6005                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6006
6007    /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6008    /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6009    /// specialization.
6010    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6011                          ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6012                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6013                          sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6014                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6015
6016    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6017                          ParmVarDecl *Param,
6018                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6019                          SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6020
6021    /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6022    /// non-type or template template parameter.
6023    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6024                          NamedDecl *Template,
6025                          NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6026                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6027                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6028
6029    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6030                          NamedDecl *Template,
6031                          TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6032                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6033                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6034
6035    /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6036    /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6037    InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6038                          TemplateDecl *Template,
6039                          NamedDecl *Param,
6040                          ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6041                          SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6042
6043
6044    /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6045    void Clear();
6046
6047    ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6048
6049    /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6050    /// recursive template instantiations.
6051    LLVM_EXPLICIT operator bool() const { return Invalid; }
6052
6053  private:
6054    Sema &SemaRef;
6055    bool Invalid;
6056    bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6057    bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6058                                 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6059
6060    InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6061
6062    InstantiatingTemplate&
6063    operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION;
6064  };
6065
6066  void PrintInstantiationStack();
6067
6068  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6069  /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6070  /// errors.
6071  ///
6072  /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6073  /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6074  /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6075  /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6076  Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6077
6078  /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6079  /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6080  bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6081    assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6082           "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6083    return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6084  }
6085
6086  /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6087  /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6088  /// deduction.`
6089  class SFINAETrap {
6090    Sema &SemaRef;
6091    unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6092    bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6093    bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6094
6095  public:
6096    explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6097      : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6098        PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6099                                      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6100        PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6101    {
6102      if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6103        SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6104      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6105    }
6106
6107    ~SFINAETrap() {
6108      SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6109      SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6110        = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6111      SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6112    }
6113
6114    /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6115    bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6116      return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6117    }
6118  };
6119
6120  /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6121  /// variables.
6122  LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6123
6124  /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6125  unsigned TyposCorrected;
6126
6127  typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection>
6128    UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap;
6129
6130  /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified
6131  /// name lookup.
6132  ///
6133  /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if
6134  /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the
6135  /// string represents a keyword.
6136  UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected;
6137
6138  /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6139  sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6140
6141  /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6142  ///
6143  /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6144  /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6145  /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6146  /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6147  /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6148  /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6149  typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6150
6151  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6152  /// but have not yet been performed.
6153  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6154
6155  /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6156  /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6157  ///
6158  /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6159  /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6160  /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6161  /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6162  std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6163
6164  void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6165
6166  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6167                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6168                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6169
6170  QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6171                     const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6172                     SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6173
6174  TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6175                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6176                            SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6177
6178  TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6179                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6180                                        SourceLocation Loc,
6181                                        DeclarationName Entity,
6182                                        CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6183                                        unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6184  ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6185                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6186                                int indexAdjustment,
6187                                Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6188                                bool ExpectParameterPack);
6189  bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6190                      ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6191                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6192                      SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6193                      SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0);
6194  ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6195                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6196
6197  /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6198  /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6199  ///
6200  /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
6201  ///
6202  /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs.
6203  ///
6204  /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
6205  /// default arguments will be dropped.
6206  ///
6207  /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
6208  ///
6209  /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
6210  ///
6211  /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6212  bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall,
6213                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6214                  SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
6215
6216  StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
6217                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6218
6219  Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
6220                  const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6221
6222  ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
6223                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6224                       bool CXXDirectInit);
6225
6226  bool
6227  SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6228                      CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6229                      const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6230
6231  bool
6232  InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6233                   CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
6234                   const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6235                   TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6236                   bool Complain = true);
6237
6238  bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6239                       EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
6240                       const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6241                       TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6242
6243  struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
6244    const Attr *TmplAttr;
6245    LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
6246    Decl *NewDecl;
6247
6248    LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
6249                              Decl *D)
6250      : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
6251    { }
6252  };
6253  typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
6254
6255  void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6256                        const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
6257                        LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0,
6258                        LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0);
6259
6260  bool
6261  InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6262                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6263                           TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
6264                           bool Complain = true);
6265
6266  void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6267                               CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
6268                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6269                               TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6270
6271  void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
6272                                          SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6273                           ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
6274                                                TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
6275
6276  NestedNameSpecifierLoc
6277  SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
6278                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6279
6280  DeclarationNameInfo
6281  SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6282                           const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6283  TemplateName
6284  SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
6285                    SourceLocation Loc,
6286                    const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6287  bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
6288             TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
6289             const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6290
6291  void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6292                                FunctionDecl *Function);
6293  void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6294                                     FunctionDecl *Function,
6295                                     bool Recursive = false,
6296                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6297  void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
6298                                     SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6299                                     VarDecl *Var,
6300                                     bool Recursive = false,
6301                                     bool DefinitionRequired = false);
6302
6303  void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
6304                                  const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
6305                            const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6306
6307  NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
6308                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6309  DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
6310                          const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6311
6312  // Objective-C declarations.
6313  enum ObjCContainerKind {
6314    OCK_None = -1,
6315    OCK_Interface = 0,
6316    OCK_Protocol,
6317    OCK_Category,
6318    OCK_ClassExtension,
6319    OCK_Implementation,
6320    OCK_CategoryImplementation
6321  };
6322  ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
6323
6324  Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6325                                 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6326                                 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6327                                 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
6328                                 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6329                                 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6330                                 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6331                                 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6332                                 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6333                                 AttributeList *AttrList);
6334
6335  Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
6336                    SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
6337                    IdentifierInfo *AliasName,  SourceLocation AliasLocation,
6338                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
6339
6340  bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
6341    IdentifierInfo *PName,
6342    SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
6343    const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
6344
6345  Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
6346                    SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
6347                    IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
6348                    Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6349                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6350                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
6351                    AttributeList *AttrList);
6352
6353  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
6354                                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6355                                    SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6356                                    IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
6357                                    SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
6358                                    Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
6359                                    unsigned NumProtoRefs,
6360                                    const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
6361                                    SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
6362
6363  Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
6364                    SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
6365                    IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6366                    IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
6367                    SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
6368
6369  Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
6370                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
6371                                         SourceLocation ClassLoc,
6372                                         IdentifierInfo *CatName,
6373                                         SourceLocation CatLoc);
6374
6375  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
6376                                               ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
6377
6378  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
6379                                     IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
6380                                     SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
6381                                     unsigned NumElts);
6382
6383  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
6384                                        const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList,
6385                                        unsigned NumElts,
6386                                        AttributeList *attrList);
6387
6388  void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations,
6389                               const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId,
6390                               unsigned NumProtocols,
6391                               SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
6392
6393  /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
6394  /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
6395  /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
6396  void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
6397                                   SourceLocation Loc,
6398                                   unsigned &Attributes,
6399                                   bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
6400
6401  /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
6402  /// setters and getters as needed.
6403  /// \param property The property declaration being processed
6404  /// \param CD The semantic container for the property
6405  /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared
6406  ///        in class extension.
6407  /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty.
6408  void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property,
6409                           ObjCContainerDecl *CD,
6410                           ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0,
6411                           ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0);
6412
6413
6414  void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
6415                                ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
6416                                const IdentifierInfo *Name);
6417
6418  void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
6419                                        ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
6420
6421  void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl,
6422                                         ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl);
6423
6424  Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
6425                   Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0,
6426                   Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0,
6427                   DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0);
6428
6429  Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
6430                      SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6431                      FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
6432                      Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
6433                      bool *OverridingProperty,
6434                      tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6435                      DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0);
6436
6437  Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
6438                              SourceLocation AtLoc,
6439                              SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
6440                              bool ImplKind,
6441                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
6442                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
6443                              SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
6444
6445  enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
6446    OSMK_None,
6447    OSMK_Alloc,
6448    OSMK_New,
6449    OSMK_Copy,
6450    OSMK_RetainingInit,
6451    OSMK_NonRetainingInit
6452  };
6453
6454  struct ObjCArgInfo {
6455    IdentifierInfo *Name;
6456    SourceLocation NameLoc;
6457    // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
6458    // in this case.
6459    ParsedType Type;
6460    ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
6461
6462    /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
6463    AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
6464  };
6465
6466  Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
6467    Scope *S,
6468    SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
6469    SourceLocation EndLoc,   // location of the ; or {.
6470    tok::TokenKind MethodType,
6471    ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
6472    ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
6473    // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
6474    // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
6475    ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
6476    DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
6477    AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
6478    bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
6479
6480  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
6481                                              const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6482                                              bool IsInstance);
6483  ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
6484                                           bool IsInstance);
6485
6486  bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
6487  bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
6488
6489  ExprResult
6490  HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
6491                            Expr *BaseExpr,
6492                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6493                            DeclarationName MemberName,
6494                            SourceLocation MemberLoc,
6495                            SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
6496                            bool Super);
6497
6498  ExprResult
6499  ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
6500                            IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
6501                            SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
6502                            SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
6503
6504  ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
6505
6506  /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
6507  /// send that starts with an identifier.
6508  enum ObjCMessageKind {
6509    /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
6510    ObjCSuperMessage,
6511    /// \brief The message is an instance message.
6512    ObjCInstanceMessage,
6513    /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
6514    /// name.
6515    ObjCClassMessage
6516  };
6517
6518  ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
6519                                     IdentifierInfo *Name,
6520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc,
6521                                     bool IsSuper,
6522                                     bool HasTrailingDot,
6523                                     ParsedType &ReceiverType);
6524
6525  ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6526                               Selector Sel,
6527                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6528                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6529                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6530                               MultiExprArg Args);
6531
6532  ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
6533                               QualType ReceiverType,
6534                               SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6535                               Selector Sel,
6536                               ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6537                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6538                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6539                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6540                               MultiExprArg Args,
6541                               bool isImplicit = false);
6542
6543  ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
6544                                       bool isSuperReceiver,
6545                                       SourceLocation Loc,
6546                                       Selector Sel,
6547                                       ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6548                                       MultiExprArg Args);
6549
6550  ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
6551                               ParsedType Receiver,
6552                               Selector Sel,
6553                               SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6554                               ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6555                               SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6556                               MultiExprArg Args);
6557
6558  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
6559                                  QualType ReceiverType,
6560                                  SourceLocation SuperLoc,
6561                                  Selector Sel,
6562                                  ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6563                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6564                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6565                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6566                                  MultiExprArg Args,
6567                                  bool isImplicit = false);
6568
6569  ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
6570                                          QualType ReceiverType,
6571                                          SourceLocation Loc,
6572                                          Selector Sel,
6573                                          ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
6574                                          MultiExprArg Args);
6575
6576  ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
6577                                  Expr *Receiver,
6578                                  Selector Sel,
6579                                  SourceLocation LBracLoc,
6580                                  ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
6581                                  SourceLocation RBracLoc,
6582                                  MultiExprArg Args);
6583
6584  ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6585                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6586                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6587                                  TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
6588                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6589
6590  ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
6591                                  SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6592                                  ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
6593                                  SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
6594                                  ParsedType Type,
6595                                  SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6596                                  Expr *SubExpr);
6597
6598  bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
6599
6600  /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
6601  /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
6602  void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
6603                               const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
6604
6605  /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
6606  enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
6607    RTC_Compatible,
6608    RTC_Incompatible,
6609    RTC_Unknown
6610  };
6611
6612  void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
6613                                ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
6614                                ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
6615
6616  enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
6617    POAK_Native,  // #pragma options align=native
6618    POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
6619    POAK_Packed,  // #pragma options align=packed
6620    POAK_Power,   // #pragma options align=power
6621    POAK_Mac68k,  // #pragma options align=mac68k
6622    POAK_Reset    // #pragma options align=reset
6623  };
6624
6625  /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
6626  void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
6627                               SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6628
6629  enum PragmaPackKind {
6630    PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
6631    PPK_Show,    // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
6632    PPK_Push,    // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
6633    PPK_Pop      // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
6634  };
6635
6636  enum PragmaMSStructKind {
6637    PMSST_OFF,  // #pragms ms_struct off
6638    PMSST_ON    // #pragms ms_struct on
6639  };
6640
6641  enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
6642    PCK_Unknown,
6643    PCK_Linker,   // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
6644    PCK_Lib,      // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
6645    PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
6646    PCK_ExeStr,   // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
6647    PCK_User      // #pragma comment(user, ...)
6648  };
6649
6650  /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
6651  void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
6652                       IdentifierInfo *Name,
6653                       Expr *Alignment,
6654                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6655                       SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6656                       SourceLocation RParenLoc);
6657
6658  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
6659  void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
6660
6661  /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
6662  void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
6663
6664  /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
6665  void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
6666
6667  /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
6668  void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
6669                         Scope *curScope,
6670                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6671
6672  /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
6673  void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
6674                             SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
6675
6676  NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
6677                                 SourceLocation Loc);
6678  void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
6679
6680  /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
6681  void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6682                         SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6683                         SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
6684
6685  /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
6686  /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
6687  void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6688                                  IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6689                                  SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6690                                  SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6691                                  SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6692
6693  /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
6694  void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
6695                            IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
6696                            SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
6697                            SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
6698                            SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
6699
6700  /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
6701  /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
6702  void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
6703
6704  /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
6705  /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
6706  void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6707
6708  /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
6709  void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
6710
6711  /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
6712  void FreePackedContext();
6713
6714  /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
6715  /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
6716  void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
6717                                   SourceLocation Loc);
6718
6719  /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
6720  /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
6721  void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
6722
6723  /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
6724  /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
6725  void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
6726
6727  /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
6728  void FreeVisContext();
6729
6730  /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
6731  /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
6732  /// the appropriate attribute.
6733  void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
6734
6735  /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
6736  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
6737                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6738  void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6739                      unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
6740
6741  // OpenMP directives and clauses.
6742  /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
6743  /// threadprivate'.
6744  ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
6745                                     CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
6746                                     const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
6747  /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
6748  DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
6749                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6750                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6751  // \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
6752  OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
6753                                     SourceLocation Loc,
6754                                     ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
6755
6756  /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
6757  enum CheckedConversionKind {
6758    /// \brief An implicit conversion.
6759    CCK_ImplicitConversion,
6760    /// \brief A C-style cast.
6761    CCK_CStyleCast,
6762    /// \brief A functional-style cast.
6763    CCK_FunctionalCast,
6764    /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
6765    CCK_OtherCast
6766  };
6767
6768  /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
6769  /// cast.  If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
6770  /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
6771  ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
6772                               ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
6773                               const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0,
6774                               CheckedConversionKind CCK
6775                                  = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6776
6777  /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
6778  /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
6779  static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
6780
6781  /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
6782  /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
6783  /// required.
6784  ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
6785
6786  // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
6787  // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6788  ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
6789
6790  // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
6791  // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
6792  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E);
6793
6794  // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
6795  // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
6796  // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
6797  ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6798
6799  // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
6800  // the operand.  This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
6801  // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
6802  // type.
6803  ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
6804
6805  // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
6806  // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
6807  // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
6808  ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
6809
6810  // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
6811  enum VariadicCallType {
6812    VariadicFunction,
6813    VariadicBlock,
6814    VariadicMethod,
6815    VariadicConstructor,
6816    VariadicDoesNotApply
6817  };
6818
6819  VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6820                                       const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6821                                       Expr *Fn);
6822
6823  // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
6824  // vararg function.
6825  enum VarArgKind {
6826    VAK_Valid,
6827    VAK_ValidInCXX11,
6828    VAK_Invalid
6829  };
6830
6831  // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
6832  VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
6833
6834  /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
6835  /// form of call prototypes.
6836  bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
6837                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
6838                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6839                              unsigned FirstProtoArg,
6840                              ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6841                              SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
6842                              VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
6843                              bool AllowExplicit = false,
6844                              bool IsListInitialization = false);
6845
6846  // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
6847  // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
6848  ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
6849                                              FunctionDecl *FDecl);
6850
6851  /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
6852  /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not.
6853  bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
6854
6855  // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
6856  // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
6857  // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
6858  // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
6859  // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
6860  QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
6861                                      bool IsCompAssign = false);
6862
6863  /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
6864  /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed.  These checks are
6865  /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
6866  /// function, argument passing, etc.  The query is phrased in terms of a
6867  /// source and destination type.
6868  enum AssignConvertType {
6869    /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
6870    Compatible,
6871
6872    /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
6873    /// accept as an extension.
6874    PointerToInt,
6875
6876    /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
6877    /// accept as an extension.
6878    IntToPointer,
6879
6880    /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
6881    /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
6882    FunctionVoidPointer,
6883
6884    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
6885    /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
6886    IncompatiblePointer,
6887
6888    /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
6889    /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
6890    /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
6891    /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
6892    IncompatiblePointerSign,
6893
6894    /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
6895    /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
6896    CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6897
6898    /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
6899    /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
6900    /// like address spaces.
6901    IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
6902
6903    /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
6904    /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
6905    /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
6906    /// extension.
6907    IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
6908
6909    /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
6910    /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
6911    IncompatibleVectors,
6912
6913    /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
6914    /// pointer. We disallow this.
6915    IntToBlockPointer,
6916
6917    /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
6918    /// pointers types that are not compatible.
6919    IncompatibleBlockPointer,
6920
6921    /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
6922    /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
6923    /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
6924    IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
6925
6926    /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
6927    /// object with __weak qualifier.
6928    IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
6929
6930    /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
6931    /// represent it in the AST.
6932    Incompatible
6933  };
6934
6935  /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
6936  /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy.  This returns true if the
6937  /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
6938  bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
6939                                SourceLocation Loc,
6940                                QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6941                                Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
6942                                bool *Complained = 0);
6943
6944  /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
6945  /// integer not in the range of enum values.
6946  void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
6947                              Expr *SrcExpr);
6948
6949  /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
6950  /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
6951  /// C99 6.5.16.
6952  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
6953                                               QualType LHSType,
6954                                               QualType RHSType);
6955
6956  /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the
6957  /// RHS to the LHS type.
6958  AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6959                                               ExprResult &RHS,
6960                                               CastKind &Kind);
6961
6962  // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
6963  // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
6964  // this routine performs the default function/array converions.
6965  AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
6966                                                     ExprResult &RHS,
6967                                                     bool Diagnose = true);
6968
6969  // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
6970  // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
6971  AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
6972                                                             ExprResult &RHS);
6973
6974  bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6975
6976  bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
6977
6978  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6979                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6980                                       bool AllowExplicit = false);
6981  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6982                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6983                                       bool AllowExplicit,
6984                                       ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
6985  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6986                                       const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
6987                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6988                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK
6989                                          = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
6990  ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
6991                                       const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
6992                                       AssignmentAction Action,
6993                                       CheckedConversionKind CCK);
6994
6995  /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
6996  /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
6997
6998  /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
6999  QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
7000                           ExprResult &RHS);
7001  QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
7002    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
7003    SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
7004  QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7005    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
7006    bool IsDivide);
7007  QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
7008    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7009    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7010  QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7011    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7012    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7013  QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
7014    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7015    QualType* CompLHSTy = 0);
7016  QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
7017    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
7018    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7019  QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
7020    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc,
7021                                bool isRelational);
7022  QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
7023    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
7024    bool IsCompAssign = false);
7025  QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
7026    ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc);
7027  // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
7028  // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
7029  // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
7030  QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
7031    Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
7032
7033  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7034                                     UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
7035  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
7036                                         BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
7037                                         Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7038  ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
7039  Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
7040
7041  QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
7042    ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7043    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7044  QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
7045    ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
7046    ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
7047  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
7048                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0);
7049  QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
7050                                    ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
7051                                    bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) {
7052    Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take();
7053    QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
7054                                                  NonStandardCompositeType);
7055    E1 = Owned(E1Tmp);
7056    E2 = Owned(E2Tmp);
7057    return Composite;
7058  }
7059
7060  QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7061                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7062
7063  bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
7064                                  SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
7065
7066  /// type checking for vector binary operators.
7067  QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7068                               SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign);
7069  QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
7070  QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7071                                      SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
7072  QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
7073                                      SourceLocation Loc);
7074
7075  /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
7076  bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
7077
7078  // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
7079
7080  /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
7081  /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
7082  /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
7083  enum ReferenceCompareResult {
7084    /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
7085    /// reference binding is not possible.
7086    Ref_Incompatible = 0,
7087    /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
7088    /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
7089    /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
7090    Ref_Related,
7091    /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
7092    /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
7093    /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
7094    /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
7095    Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
7096    /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
7097    /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
7098    Ref_Compatible
7099  };
7100
7101  ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
7102                                                      QualType T1, QualType T2,
7103                                                      bool &DerivedToBase,
7104                                                      bool &ObjCConversion,
7105                                                bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
7106
7107  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
7108                                 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
7109                                 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
7110
7111  /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
7112  /// given type.
7113  ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
7114
7115  /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
7116  /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
7117  ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
7118                                Expr *result, QualType &paramType);
7119
7120  // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
7121  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7122  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
7123  // returns true if the cast is invalid
7124  bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
7125                       CastKind &Kind);
7126
7127  // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
7128  // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
7129  // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
7130  // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
7131  // returns the cast expr
7132  ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
7133                                CastKind &Kind);
7134
7135  ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
7136                                        SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7137                                        Expr *CastExpr,
7138                                        SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7139
7140  enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
7141
7142  /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
7143  /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
7144  ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
7145                                             QualType castType, Expr *&op,
7146                                             CheckedConversionKind CCK);
7147
7148  Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7149  void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
7150
7151  bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
7152                                             QualType ExprType);
7153
7154  /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
7155  /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
7156  void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
7157  void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
7158  void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
7159
7160  /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7161  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
7162  bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
7163
7164  /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
7165  /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
7166  void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
7167
7168  /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
7169  /// \param Method - May be null.
7170  /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
7171  /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
7172  bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
7173                                 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
7174                                 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7175                                 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
7176                                 bool isSuperMessage,
7177                                 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
7178                                 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
7179
7180  /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
7181  /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
7182  /// and the form of the message send.
7183  QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
7184                                    ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7185                                    bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
7186
7187  /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
7188  /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
7189  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
7190
7191  /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
7192  /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
7193  /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
7194  void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
7195
7196  /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
7197  /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
7198  /// statement).  Also performs the standard function and array
7199  /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
7200  ///
7201  /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
7202  /// 'if' keyword.
7203  /// \return true iff there were any errors
7204  ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
7205
7206  ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
7207                                   Expr *SubExpr);
7208
7209  /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
7210  /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
7211  void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
7212
7213  /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
7214  /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
7215  void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
7216
7217  /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
7218  ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
7219
7220  /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
7221  /// the specified width and sign.  If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
7222  /// the specified diagnostic.
7223  void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
7224                                          unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
7225                                          SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
7226
7227  /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
7228  /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
7229  /// in the global scope.
7230  bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
7231
7232  /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
7233  /// expression violations.
7234  class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
7235  public:
7236    bool Suppress;
7237
7238    VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
7239
7240    virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
7241    virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
7242    virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
7243  };
7244
7245  /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
7246  /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
7247  /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
7248  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7249                                             VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
7250                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7251  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
7252                                             unsigned DiagID,
7253                                             bool AllowFold = true);
7254  ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0);
7255
7256  /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
7257  /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
7258  /// Returns false on success.
7259  /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
7260  ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
7261                            QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
7262                            bool *ZeroWidth = 0);
7263
7264  enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
7265    CFT_Device,
7266    CFT_Global,
7267    CFT_Host,
7268    CFT_HostDevice
7269  };
7270
7271  CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
7272
7273  bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget,
7274                       CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget);
7275
7276  bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) {
7277    return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller),
7278                           IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee));
7279  }
7280
7281  /// \name Code completion
7282  //@{
7283  /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
7284  enum ParserCompletionContext {
7285    /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
7286    PCC_Namespace,
7287    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
7288    PCC_Class,
7289    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
7290    /// or category.
7291    PCC_ObjCInterface,
7292    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
7293    /// category implementation
7294    PCC_ObjCImplementation,
7295    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
7296    /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
7297    PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
7298    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7299    /// headers.
7300    PCC_Template,
7301    /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
7302    /// headers within a class.
7303    PCC_MemberTemplate,
7304    /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
7305    PCC_Expression,
7306    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
7307    /// also be an expression or a declaration.
7308    PCC_Statement,
7309    /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
7310    /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
7311    PCC_ForInit,
7312    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
7313    /// while, switch, or for statement.
7314    PCC_Condition,
7315    /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
7316    /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
7317    /// in the grammar.
7318    PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
7319    /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
7320    PCC_Type,
7321    /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
7322    /// might also be a type cast.
7323    PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
7324    /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
7325    /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
7326    PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
7327  };
7328
7329  void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
7330  void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
7331                                ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
7332  void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
7333                            bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
7334                            bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
7335
7336  struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
7337  void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
7338                              const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
7339  void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
7340                                       SourceLocation OpLoc,
7341                                       bool IsArrow);
7342  void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
7343  void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
7344  void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
7345  void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
7346  void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
7347  void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
7348  void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
7349  void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
7350  void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
7351
7352  void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
7353                               bool EnteringContext);
7354  void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
7355  void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
7356  void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
7357  void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
7358  void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
7359  void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor,
7360                                          CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers,
7361                                          unsigned NumInitializers);
7362  void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
7363                                    bool AfterAmpersand);
7364
7365  void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
7366  void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
7367  void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
7368  void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
7369  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
7370  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
7371  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
7372  void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
7373                                   bool IsParameter);
7374  void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
7375  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7376                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7377                                    bool AtArgumentExpression);
7378  void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
7379                                    ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7380                                    bool AtArgumentExpression,
7381                                    bool IsSuper = false);
7382  void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
7383                                       ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
7384                                       bool AtArgumentExpression,
7385                                       ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0);
7386  void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
7387                                     DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
7388  void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
7389                                ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7390  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols,
7391                                          unsigned NumProtocols);
7392  void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
7393  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
7394  void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
7395                                  IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7396                                  SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7397  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
7398  void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
7399                                         IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7400                                         SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7401  void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
7402                                              IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7403                                              SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
7404  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
7405  void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
7406                                              IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
7407  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
7408                                  bool IsInstanceMethod,
7409                                  ParsedType ReturnType);
7410  void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
7411                                          bool IsInstanceMethod,
7412                                          bool AtParameterName,
7413                                          ParsedType ReturnType,
7414                                          ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
7415  void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
7416  void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
7417  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
7418  void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
7419  void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
7420                                             IdentifierInfo *Macro,
7421                                             MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
7422                                             unsigned Argument);
7423  void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
7424  void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
7425                                   CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
7426                  SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
7427  //@}
7428
7429  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7430  // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
7431
7432public:
7433  SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
7434                                                unsigned ByteNo) const;
7435
7436private:
7437  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
7438                        const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0,
7439                        bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
7440  void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
7441  // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
7442  // FunctionDeclaration.
7443  struct FormatStringInfo {
7444    unsigned FormatIdx;
7445    unsigned FirstDataArg;
7446    bool HasVAListArg;
7447  };
7448
7449  bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
7450                           FormatStringInfo *FSI);
7451  bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7452                         const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7453  bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
7454                           ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
7455  bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
7456                      const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
7457  void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
7458                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7459                            const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
7460                            SourceLocation Loc);
7461
7462  void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7463                 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction,
7464                 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
7465                 VariadicCallType CallType);
7466
7467
7468  bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
7469
7470  ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7471  bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7472  bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
7473
7474  bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
7475  bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
7476  bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
7477
7478public:
7479  // Used by C++ template instantiation.
7480  ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
7481
7482private:
7483  bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
7484  bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall);
7485  bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
7486  ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
7487  ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
7488                                     AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
7489  bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
7490                              llvm::APSInt &Result);
7491
7492  enum FormatStringType {
7493    FST_Scanf,
7494    FST_Printf,
7495    FST_NSString,
7496    FST_Strftime,
7497    FST_Strfmon,
7498    FST_Kprintf,
7499    FST_Unknown
7500  };
7501  static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
7502
7503  enum StringLiteralCheckType {
7504    SLCT_NotALiteral,
7505    SLCT_UncheckedLiteral,
7506    SLCT_CheckedLiteral
7507  };
7508
7509  StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E,
7510                                               ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7511                                               bool HasVAListArg,
7512                                               unsigned format_idx,
7513                                               unsigned firstDataArg,
7514                                               FormatStringType Type,
7515                                               VariadicCallType CallType,
7516                                               bool inFunctionCall = true);
7517
7518  void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
7519                         ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
7520                         unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
7521                         FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
7522                         VariadicCallType CallType);
7523
7524  bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
7525                            ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7526                            bool IsCXXMember,
7527                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7528                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range);
7529  bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
7530                            bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
7531                            unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
7532                            VariadicCallType CallType,
7533                            SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range);
7534
7535  void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull,
7536                             const Expr * const *ExprArgs,
7537                             SourceLocation CallSiteLoc);
7538
7539  void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7540                               unsigned BId,
7541                               IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7542
7543  void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7544                                IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7545
7546  void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
7547                             IdentifierInfo *FnName);
7548
7549  void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
7550                            SourceLocation ReturnLoc);
7551  void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
7552  void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
7553  void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
7554  void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
7555
7556  /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
7557  /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
7558  void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
7559                          bool IsConstexpr = false);
7560
7561  void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
7562                                   Expr *Init);
7563
7564public:
7565  /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
7566  void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
7567                                  uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
7568                                  bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
7569
7570  struct TypeTagData {
7571    TypeTagData() {}
7572
7573    TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
7574        Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
7575        MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
7576    {}
7577
7578    QualType Type;
7579
7580    /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
7581    /// layout-compatibility.
7582    unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
7583    unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
7584  };
7585
7586  /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value.  This uniquely
7587  /// identifies the magic value.
7588  typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
7589
7590private:
7591  /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
7592  OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> >
7593      TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
7594
7595  /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
7596  /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
7597  void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
7598                                const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
7599
7600  /// \brief The parser's current scope.
7601  ///
7602  /// The parser maintains this state here.
7603  Scope *CurScope;
7604
7605  mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
7606
7607protected:
7608  friend class Parser;
7609  friend class InitializationSequence;
7610  friend class ASTReader;
7611  friend class ASTWriter;
7612
7613public:
7614  /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
7615  ///
7616  /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
7617  /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
7618  /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
7619  /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
7620  /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
7621  /// template substitution or instantiation.
7622  Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
7623
7624  IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
7625
7626  Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
7627
7628  DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
7629    return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
7630  }
7631
7632  AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
7633
7634  const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
7635    const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
7636    // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
7637    if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
7638      DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
7639    return DC;
7640  }
7641};
7642
7643/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
7644class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
7645  Sema &Actions;
7646
7647public:
7648  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7649                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7650                                   Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0,
7651                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7652    : Actions(Actions) {
7653    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
7654                                            IsDecltype);
7655  }
7656  EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
7657                                   Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
7658                                   Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
7659                                   bool IsDecltype = false)
7660    : Actions(Actions) {
7661    Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
7662                                            Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
7663                                            IsDecltype);
7664  }
7665
7666  ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
7667    Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
7668  }
7669};
7670
7671}  // end namespace clang
7672
7673#endif
7674